instrukcziya-po-ekspluatacziyi-new-holland-tc5040-t5080-rus.pdf

Kombajn New Holland TC5070 - gniazdka elektryczne, do czego służą?

Poproszę o podzielenie tej instrukcji na części nie większe niż 10 MB. Co najmniej na 3 równe ~ części, po 120 stron. To przetłumaczę. Google.


OPERATOR'S MANUAL
TC5040
TC5050
TC5060
TC5070
TC5080

Print No. 87640842
1st edition
English 09/07
from serial no. 9442

GENERAL
This manual has been prepared to assist you in the correct procedure for running in, driving, operating,
adjusting and maintaining your new machine.
This machine has been designed and built to give maximum performance, economy and ease of operation
under a wide variety of crops and conditions.
Prior to delivery, your machine was carefully inspected both at the factory and by your dealer to ensure that
it reaches you in optimum condition. To maintain this condition and ensure trouble-free operation it is
important that routine services, as specified in this manual, are carried out at the recommended intervals.
Before attempting to drive or operate your machine, read this manual carefully (especially the chapter
covering the Safety Precautions) and keep it in a convenient place for future reference.
''Left" and ''right" used throughout this manual are determined from the rear, facing in the direction of travel
of the machine during operation.
If at any time you require advice concerning your machine, do not hesitate to contact your authorised dealer.
He has factory-trained personnel, genuine service parts and the necessary equipment to carry out your
service requirements.
IMPORTANT:
This machine has been designed and built according to the European Directive 98/37/EC.
Always use genuine New Holland Service parts or parts matching at least the same quality, reliability and
functionality as the equivalent original Service Parts when servicing and repairing your machine and do not
modify your machine without a written permission of the manufacturer. Failure to do so will void the
responsibility of the manufacturer.
An EC Declaration of Conformity is separately delivered with your machine.
Store this EC Declaration into the storage space for your Operator's Manual
(refer to section 2 - Controls, Instruments and Operation).
The maximum road speed of your machine is limited. Do not try to change it.
Check local road legislation before driving the machine on public roads.
When operating interchangeable New Holland built equipment, ensure the equipment is CE approved.
As this publication is distributed throughout our international network, the equipment illustrated, either as
standard or as an accessory, may vary according to the country in which the equipment is to be used. Low
cost configurations, as chosen by the customer, may deviate from the specifications given.
Several figures in this manual show the safety guarding or the additional guards, legally required by certain
countries, open or removed to illustrate better a particular feature or adjustment. The machine must not be
used in this condition. For your own safety, ensure that all guards are closed or replaced before operating
the machine.

OWNER ASSISTANCE
We at New Holland and your New Holland dealer want you to be completely satisfied with your investment.
Normally your dealer's Service Department will handle any problems with your equipment. Sometimes,
however, misunderstanding can occur. If your problem has not been handled to your satisfaction, we suggest
contacting the owner or General Manager of the dealership, explaining the problem, and requesting
assistance. When additional assistance is needed, your dealer has direct access to our branch office.

COMPANY POLICY
Company policy, which is one of continuous improvement, reserves the right to make changes in design and
specification at any time without notice and without obligation to modify units previously built.
All data given in this book is subject to production variations.
Operating and service messages displayed on the electronic operating panel (monitor), may vary from what
is shown in the Operator's Manual. Should this occur adhere to the latest instruction on the electronic
operating panel (monitor).
Dimensions and weights are approximate only and the illustrations do not necessarily show the machine in
standard condition. For exact information about any particular machine please consult your Dealer.

ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
Your machine has been designed to operate in a wide variety of crops and conditions. Nevertheless
additional equipment may, in certain cases, be required to improve the machine performance. A list of this
additional equipment is given in the ''Accessories" section in this manual.

PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
Genuine New Holland parts and accessories have been specifically designed for New Holland machines.
We would like to point out that "nongenuine" parts and accessories have not been examined and released
by New Holland. The installation and/or use of such products could have negative effects upon the design
characteristics of your machine and thereby affect its safety. New Holland is not liable for any damage caused
by the use of ''nongenuine" parts and accessories.
Rely on your authorised dealer to supply you with genuine New Holland parts only. These parts are covered
by our warranty and will give you the best performance.
When ordering service parts, always quote the model and serial number, as well as the year of manufacture
printed on the manufacturer's identification plate (refer to the section "General Information and Safety" in
this manual).

LUBRICANTS
Your dealer sells a selection of specially formulated lubricants based on own engineering specifications.
Recommended lubricants for your machine are listed on the inside back cover of this manual.

WARRANTY
Your machine is warranted according to legal rights in your country and the contractual agreement with the
selling dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the machine has not been used, adjusted and maintained
according to the instructions given in this Operator's Manual.
It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the machine unless specifically authorised, in writing, by a
New Holland representative.

CLEANING YOUR MACHINE
Your machine is a state-of-the-art machine with sophisticated, electronic controls. Even though every
precaution has been taken to safeguard electronic components and connections, the pressure generated
by some pressure washers is such that complete protection against water ingress cannot be guaranteed.
When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too close to the machine and avoid directing the jet at
electronic components, electrical connections, breathers, seals, filler caps, etc.

IMPORTANT ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and of life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule
the treatment of some of the substances, which are required by advanced technology, common sense should
govern the use and the disposal of the products of a chemical and a petrochemical nature.
The following are recommendations, which may be of assistance:
Become acquainted with and respect the relative legislation applicable in your country.
Where no legislation exists, obtain information from suppliers of oils, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning agents, etc.
for their effect on man and nature and for safe ways of storage, usage and disposal. Agricultural consultants
will, in many cases, be able to help you as well.

HELPFUL HINTS
Avoid filling fuel tanks using jerrycans or inappropriate pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause
considerable spillage.
In general, avoid skin contact with all oils, acids, solvents, etc. Most of them contain substances which can
be harmful to your health.
Use biodegradable oils for chain lubrication where oils cannot be recuperated. In many countries rapeseed
oils or other agro-based lubricants have become available.
Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mixtures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake
fluids, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids, fuels or coolant mixtures with lubricants. Store them safely until
they can be disposed of in a proper way to comply with local legislation and available resources. They should
not be allowed to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed of safely.
Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself; it contains gases, which should not be released into the
air. Your dealer has a special extractor for this purpose and will have to do the recharging of the system
anyway.
Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or the hydraulic system immediately.
Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as this may lead to bursting of the components.
Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss
of oils, coolant, etc.
Battery recycling
Batteries and electric accumulators contain various components which can damage the environment if they
are not properly recycled after usage. New Holland strongly recommends that you return all used batteries
(starting batteries and small "dry" batteries which may be used in electric or electronic systems) to your New
Holland dealer who will ensure proper disposal or recycling. In certain countries this is a legal requirement.

e2007 CNH Belgium NV

SECTION QUICK REFERENCE
1 - General Information and Safety
2 - Controls, Instruments and Operation
3 - Field and Site Operation
4 - Lubrication and Maintenance
5 - Fault Finding
6 - Vehicle Storage
7 - Accessories
8 - Specification
9 - 1st 50 Hour Service Sheets
10 - Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Base unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Capacity Grain Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maize Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record below the serial numbers of your machine for quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautionary statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machine safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting up the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travelling on public roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating the attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stopping the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Biodiesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety requirements for fluid power systems and components -
hydraulics (European Standard EN 982) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airborne noise emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibration level information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cylinder safety latch on straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header additional safety latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator additional support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel chock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety guard for straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse driving buzzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper spreader chute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire extinguisher (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to machine components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-hand side covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left-hand side covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tie downs for shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment of the dimmed lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attachment compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1

1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-8
1-9
1-11
1-12
1-12
1-13
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-25
1-25
1-25
1-25
1-26
1-26
1-27
1-27
1-28
1-28
1-29
1-30
1-34
1-34
1-36
1-36
1-37
1-38
1-39
1-40

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Cab and controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch pedal (TC5040 - TC5060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator's seat and surroundings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering column and control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-hand module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm control module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-function handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab roof controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting and mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-hand side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left-hand side components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance monitor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display with keyboard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Monitor settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full header width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground speed constant adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic ground speed calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metric / Imperial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Area counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Area indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partial area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stored area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storing partial area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Software version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audible alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machine error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
2-5
2-6
2-14
2-15
2-17
2-19
2-22
2-23
2-25
2-26
2-28
2-29
2-30
2-31
2-32
2-33
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-41
2-42
2-44

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Before driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daily start-up procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical drive units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrostatic drive units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combine functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain storage and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To change from grain to maize, the following modifications need to be done . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combine performance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kill stall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2

3-1
3-2
3-2
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-6
3-6
3-9
3-14
3-15
3-15
3-15

Grain tank sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain pan/upper sieve distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Return sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to obtain an idea on loss level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Attaching the header to the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In case of quick-coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detaching the header from the combine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header levelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header and straw elevator reversing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual clearing of the header and straw elevator blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stubble height indicator (if applicable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header compensation gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header height control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transport operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autofloatt or Controlfloatt operation [if sensors are fitted] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stubble height operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header height control calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground level calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maximum cylinder pressure calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground level calibration through the Autofloatt sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment for harvesting maize (with or without lateral flotation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-dust plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to the grain pan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum and concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fundamentals of adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to the drum and to the concave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access from the front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access from the left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access from the right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concave clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concave clearance mechanical adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concave position for harvesting maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
De-awning plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
De-awning slats (accessory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum and concave type use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary separator [if installed] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3

3-15
3-16
3-16
3-16
3-18
3-19
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-31
3-31
3-32
3-33
3-34
3-35
3-36
3-36
3-37
3-38
3-41
3-43
3-43
3-49
3-50
3-50
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-52
3-52
3-52
3-53
3-53
3-54
3-54
3-55
3-55
3-56
3-57
3-57
3-58
3-59

Rotary separator speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary separator wear plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw-retaining curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To change the position of the straw retarding curtain, proceed as follows . . . . . . . . . .
Straw walkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sieve types (available) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sieve opening adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning, removal, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper sieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sieve opening adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning, removal, installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self-levelling cleaning system (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain pan dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan speed adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
How to limit the returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain storage/unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank filling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank unloading auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unloading tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank level sensor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transport position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swath-forming position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swathing rake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chopping position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual adjustable deflector plates (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote adjustable deflector plates (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Access to the straw chopper rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper rotor knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Counter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chopping maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chaff spreader (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disengaging and removing the chaff spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
To install, proceed as follows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

3-59
3-59
3-59
3-60
3-60
3-61
3-62
3-63
3-63
3-63
3-64
3-64
3-65
3-66
3-66
3-67
3-67
3-69
3-69
3-70
3-70
3-71
3-71
3-72
3-72
3-73
3-73
3-74
3-75
3-75
3-75
3-75
3-76
3-77
3-78
3-78
3-79
3-79
3-80
3-80
3-81
3-82
3-84
3-87
3-90

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease fittings and intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 hours interval (daily) - left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 hours interval (daily) - right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 hours interval - left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 hours interval - right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 hours interval - left-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
100 hours interval - right-hand side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine sump and filter capacity (total) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant system capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coolant specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank drain plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel prefilter / water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bleeding the fuel system (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bleeding the fuel system (TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary dust screen and cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air intake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic and hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil and filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic remote control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrostatic system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrostatic control cable adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final drive gearboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5

4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-5
4-8
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-18
4-18
4-19
4-19
4-20
4-21
4-21
4-22
4-22
4-23
4-24
4-26
4-26
4-26
4-27
4-29
4-29
4-29
4-30
4-30
4-30
4-31
4-31
4-31
4-31
4-31
4-32
4-32
4-32
4-32
4-33
4-33
4-33
4-33
4-33

Chains, threaded rods and pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threaded rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pivot points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch fluid level (TC5040 - TC5050) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fluid specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive chain and belts (left-hand side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator and header engaging drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unloading system engaging belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground speed vari-drive belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Belt tension adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction variator adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Variator support position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrostatic pump drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning shoe drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Main engaging drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain cross auger and elevator drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain returns cross auger and elevator drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper front drive belt (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper rear drive belt (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chaff spreader drive belt (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chaff spreader discs drive belt (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive chain and belts (right-hand side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum variator belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and adjustment of variator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank bottom auger drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Returns top auger drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank filling auger drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning fan variator drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fan variator adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw walker drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary separator drive belt (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive belts - engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary dust screen drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator, water pump and air conditioning compressor
drive belt (TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine cooling fan drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic pump drive belt (TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator and water pump drive belt (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air conditioning compressor drive belt (If installed)
(TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chain tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elevator chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6

4-34
4-34
4-34
4-34
4-35
4-35
4-35
4-36
4-36
4-36
4-36
4-37
4-38
4-39
4-39
4-41
4-42
4-42
4-42
4-43
4-44
4-44
4-45
4-46
4-46
4-46
4-46
4-47
4-47
4-48
4-49
4-49
4-50
4-51
4-51
4-51
4-52
4-52
4-53
4-54
4-55
4-55
4-55
4-56
4-56
4-56
4-56
4-57
4-57
4-57
4-58
4-58

Returns elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elevator slip clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Self-levelling system calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
self-levelling system blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foot brake "bedding-in" procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe-in adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed steering axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering wheel stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable steering axle (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering wheel stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering axle ball joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses and relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab/climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C system (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air compressor (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air reservoir specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-59
4-59
4-60
4-61
4-62
4-63
4-63
4-64
4-66
4-67
4-67
4-68
4-68
4-68
4-69
4-70
4-70
4-71
4-71
4-72
4-72
4-77
4-78
4-79
4-79
4-80
4-80
4-81
4-81
4-82
4-82
4-83
4-84
4-85

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING
Header height control - Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Machine - Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Engine - Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE
End-of-season service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ordering parts and/or accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-season service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7

6-1
6-3
6-4

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Feeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain header illumination kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick release coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-wrap shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rice kit for fixed straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rice kit for lateral float straw elevator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third header lift cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Threshing and separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw walker vertical cover plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
De-awning slats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
De-awning plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Beater pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cereal threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rice threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maize threshing rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maize special dry conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper sieve HC 1-5/8" (FS+SL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Round hole sieves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graepel sieve extension (fixed cleaning shoe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graepel sieve extension (self-levelling cleaning shoe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cleaning fan bottom shield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grass seed equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extended dividers (only for units with fixed upper sieve) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean grain, grain tank and unloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Perforated covers under augers and elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain tank level sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grain elevator high speed kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw walker protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper with manually adjustable deflectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote adjustable spreader plates rebuild kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper slow-down kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw chopper guards for maize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chaff spreader (TC5060 - TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straw spreader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swathing rake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ladder extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hinging ladder extension (TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering platform extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air compressor kit (TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air gun and hose (TC5070 - TC5080) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotary dust screen brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grid heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun canopy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Screen washer kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8

7-1
7-1
7-1
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-2
7-3
7-3
7-3
7-4
7-4
7-5
7-5
7-5
7-5
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-6
7-7
7-7
7-7
7-8
7-8
7-8
7-8
7-9
7-9
7-9
7-9
7-10
7-10
7-11
7-11
7-11
7-12
7-12
7-12
7-12
7-13
7-13
7-13
7-14
7-14
7-15
7-15
7-15
7-15
7-15

Electrical and electronic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revolving flash light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustable light on grain tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Portable operating light and stubble lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Header trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheel counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signal plates for Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specs Germany . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-16
7-16
7-16
7-17
7-17
7-18
7-18
7-18
7-19
7-19
7-19
7-19

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Wheel nuts torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Grain tank unload tube position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
SECTION 9 - 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS
Check and adjust, as required (Customer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and adjust, as required (Dealer copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 10 - INDEX

9

9-1
9-3

10

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
INTENDED USE
The TC combine harvesters are designed as self
propelled units and powered by an onboard diesel
engine.
These machines are intended to be used for
agricultural purposes on cultivated land to harvest
cereal crops, small seed crops, maize, soya beans,
etc., by cutting or picking up from a swath, threshing
and separating the grain from the straw and
temporarily storing it until it is unloaded into vehicles
for transport.
PROHIBITED USAGE
No parts or attachments should be fitted to this
machine, which have not been released by
NEW HOLLAND. They might affect machine
operation, safety of the user or other people, stability
or wear characteristics of the machine. They may
also void the homologation approval obtained for
your country.

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION

The serial number of combine, engine and
attachments, can be found in the following locations:
Base unit
On a plate, positioned on the right-hand side of the
operator's platform.

1
Stamped on the right-hand side of the combine
above the front axle.

42096

2
1-1

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Engine
On a plate positioned on the cylinder block.

3
High-Capacity Grain Header
In the right-hand upper corner, and also on a plate.

4
Maize Header
On a plate positioned on the left-hand upper corner.

5
Record below the serial numbers of your machine for quick reference:
Combine

model................................................................................

Combine serial number....................................................................
Engine serial number.......................................................................
Grain header serial number.............................................................
Maize header serial number............................................................
Date machine first used..................................................................
Dealer's telephone number..............................................................
1-2

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

CAUTION

Farm accidents can be prevented with your help.
No accident prevention programme can be
successful without the wholehearted cooperation of
the person who is directly responsible for the
operation of the equipment.
Farm machinery can create hazards if not used in the
proper way.
Further in this Section you will find a list of the most
important safety precautions.

This symbol is used throughout this manual
whenever your personal safety is involved.
Take time to read and follow the instructions and
furthermore, be careful!
Some pictures in this manual may show the safety
guarding open or removed to better illustrate a
particular feature or adjustment.
Ensure to close or replace all guards before
operating the machine.

PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS
Personal safety
Throughout this manual and on machine decals, you
will find precautionary statements ("CAUTION",
"WARNING", and "DANGER") followed by specific
instructions. These precautions are intended for the
personal safety of you and bystanders. Please take
the time to read them.

WARNING

The word "WARNING'' denotes a potential or hidden
hazard which could possibly cause serious harm. It
is used to warn operators and others to exercise due
care and attention to avoid a surprise accident with
machinery.

CAUTION

The word "CAUTION" is used where a safe
behavioural practice according to operating and
maintenance instructions and common safety
practices will protect the operator and bystanders
from accident involvement.

DANGER

The word "DANGER" denotes a forbidden practice in
connection with a serious hazard.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE ''CAUTION",
''WARNING", AND ''DANGER" INSTRUCTIONS
MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS BODILY HARM OR
DEATH.

Machine safety
Additional precautionary statement ("IMPORTANT")
is followed by specific instructions. This statement is
intended for machine safety.

IMPORTANT: The word "IMPORTANT" is used to
inform the reader of something he needs to know to
prevent minor machine damage if a certain
procedure is not followed.

1-3

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS
Most farm machinery accidents can be avoided by
the observance of a few simple safety precautions.
1. The machine must only be used by a skilled operator familiar with all the controls and harvesting
techniques on cultivated land with slopes up to
maximum 26% (15_) uphill and downhill and
maximum 36% (19_) sideways [provided good
even ground and sufficient tyre adherence conditions exist].
2. Never permit anyone other than the operator to
ride on the combine.
7. Never exceed 20 km/h when driving downhill. If
necessary, change into a lower gear before starting the descent.

3. Before starting the engine, ensure everyone is
clear of the combine.
Warn bystanders by sounding the horn several
times.
4. Keep children away from and off the combine at
all times.
5. No-one should be standing on the ladders or platforms when the machine is moving.
6. Never brake abruptly to avoid tipping of the machine.

8. Avoid making turns at high speed.
9. Before operating the combine ensure that all
safety guards are installed.
10. Never step on places on the machine which are
not foreseen with anti-slip strips.
11. Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first
week of operation and thereafter on a weekly
basis. Tighten as described in "SECTION 8 SPECIFICATIONS".

1-4

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
12. The life and performance of the tyres depends
largely upon maintaining the correct pressure.
Keep the tyres inflated to the pressures given in
"SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS".
13. Never enter the grain tank while the combine engine is running. Use a wooden clearing club if the
grain tank unloading auger becomes clogged.
Take utmost care not to be pulled into the grain
tank in case unplugging is required.

16. Keep hands away from moving parts of the combine.
17. Keep the fire extinguisher within easy reach of
the operator. Ensure to replace it by a similar type
of extinguisher or have it checked or refilled after
every usage and/or date of expiry.

14. Never work around the combine in loose clothing
that might catch in any of the moving parts.
15. Never change or tamper the engine software as
this will invalidate the warranty and the homologation of your machine.

18. Never step on the cab roof.
19. Combine dust can cause ''farmer's lung'' disease. It may also contain nocive spraying residues. Keep the cab door and window closed during operation. Wear a dust mask when cleaning
the air filters or accumulated dust in the combine.

STARTING UP THE COMBINE

1. Never attempt to start up or manoeuvre the
combine unless you are sitting in the operator's
seat.
2. Before starting up the combine (e.g. the first time
after a long standstill period), make sure that
there are no detached loose part in the
attachment, the drive line area and/or on the
rotary dust screen.

3. Before starting the engine, always make sure
that the multifunction handle and the gearshift
selector switch are in NEUTRAL position, and
the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch is in
ROAD position.
4. Never run the engine in an enclosed area without
ensuring adequate ventilation as exhaust fumes
are toxic and, if inhaled, may be fatal.

1-5

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
TRAVELLING ON PUBLIC ROADS
1. Make sure the safety-on-the-road tumbler switch
is in ROAD position.
2. Always observe the local regulations. Should the
width of the attachment be wider than the
permitted road width, contact the local
authorities for assistance or licences.
3. Observe traffic regulations, adapt your speed to
road and traffic conditions and ensure all lights
are working properly.
4. Where required by local traffic regulations,
ensure the hazard warning plates are fitted at the
front and the rear of the machine.
5. Use the revolving flash lights to indicate the
vehicle has abnormal size and is slow-moving.

10. Always depress the brake pedal gently to avoid
tipping of the machine.

CAUTION
Before driving on the road with a header attached
smaller than 4 meter (foldable grain header or flip-up
maize header), contact your local dealer for:
o

Counterweights

o

Additional headlights

11. Never rest your feet on the brake pedals when
the machine is in motion.

6. Never drive on public roads with the operating
lights and spotlight switched on.

12. When manoeuvring the machine off the field,
always raise the attachment fully to avoid contact
with obstructions.

7. Dip the headlights when meeting a vehicle at
night. Make sure the lights are adjusted to
prevent blinding the driver of an oncoming
vehicle.

13. The grain tank must be empty when driving on
the road. Ensure that the unloading tube is
locked in its closed position.

8. Avoid taking corners at high speed.

14. When driving on public roads, either with the
grain header loaded on a trailer and attached to
the rear of the combine, or with the grain header
still attached to the combine (provided local
legislation allows), the knife should be
safeguarded by means of a knife guard,
available as an accessory (refer to the Grain
Header Operator's Manual).
15. When driving on public roads, either with the
grain header loaded on a trailer and attached to
the rear of the combine, or with the grain header
still attached to the combine (provided local
legislation allows), always be aware and conscious of its size.

9. Before travelling on the road, link the brake
pedals together with the coupling provided.
Braking with the pedals uncoupled may cause
the machine to swerve or yaw.
Also, avoid excessive use of the brakes.

1-6

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
OPERATING THE COMBINE
1. Before operating the combine ensure that all
safety guards are properly fitted and secured.
2. Never attempt to clean, lubricate or carry out any
adjustments on the combine while it is in motion
or while the engine is running.
3. For safety's sake never leave the operator's platform without first disengaging the combine drive
mechanism, lowering the header, stopping the
engine, applying the parking brake and removing
the ignition key.
4. Never climb on or off the machine when it is in
motion as there is a risk of being run over.
5. Use extreme caution when operating close to the
edge of a ditch, a canal or a steep bank.
6. Avoid changing direction abruptly, especially
when reversing, to avoid dangerous pitching of
the machine. Lower the attachment if the machine tends to lift at the rear.
7. Always operate the combine at a safe speed in
accordance with the ground conditions.
On uneven ground, proceed with the utmost caution to ensure proper stability.
8. When operating on gradients, never drive too
fast, especially when turning.

9. Danger of death by electrocution!
Pay special attention to the overhead power
lines. Make sure the machine has sufficient
clearance to pass in all directions (also with
raised or opened machine components). Also
think of the radio aerial(s) or any other accessory
or parts which may have been added afterwards.
A decal in the cab indicates the height of the
unloading tube in open position.
Should a contact between the machine and an
electric power line occur, then the following
precautions must be taken: Stop the machine
movement immediately, stop the engine and
apply the handbrake.
Check if you can safely leave the cab or your
actual position without direct contact with electric
wires. If not, stay in your position and call for help.
If you can leave your position without touching
the lines, jump off the last step or support position
to ensure that there is no contact between any
part of your body and the ground at any time.
Never touch the machine afterwards until power
to the lines has been shut off. When people
approach the machine, warn them not to touch
the machine but to ask the electric power supply
company to shut off the power to the lines.
10. Never apply the differential lock when turning.
When engaged, the differential lock will prevent
the combine from turning.
11. Ensure the engine is shut off and wait until the
machine has completely stopped before opening
any of the guards.
THERE ARE ROTATING PARTS UNDER THE
GUARDS WHICH MAY CONTINUE ROTATING
AFTER THE MACHINE HAS BEEN STOPPED.
Look and listen for evidence of rotating parts
before opening any of the guards.

1-7

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
OPERATING THE ATTACHMENTS
1. When coupling an attachment to the base unit,
never stand between the machine and the
attachment.
2. Make sure that no one is standing in front of the
machine when detaching an attachment.
3. Before operating the attachment, make sure that
there is no one on or near the machine.

4. Never attempt to remove crop or residues from
a plugged attachment while the machine is
running. Such an imprudence could cost life or
limb. In the event of a blockage, always
disengage the threshing mechanism, switch off
the harvester engine and apply the parking brake
before clearing the blockage.

STOPPING THE COMBINE

1. Always lower the attachment to the ground when
parking the machine.
2. For safety's sake never leave the operator's
platform without first returning the ground speed
control lever to neutral, switching off the
threshing mechanism, engaging the parking
brake and stopping the engine. Furthermore, if
leaving the machine unattended, always remove
the ignition key and switch off the switch on the
battery key.
3. When parking, always try to leave the machine
on level ground and apply the parking brake. If
the ground is sloping, apply the parking brake
and wedge the wheels. In an emergency, when
this is not possible, position the machine
sideways on in relation to the slope, engage first
gear, operate the parking brake. If it is not
possible to stop according to the above
instructions, observe the following instructions:

1-8

o

Machine on a downward slope: gently pull
back the hydrostatic control lever, until you
can feel the traction effect of the
transmission; shut off the engine and apply
the parking brake. Get down from the
machine and position the chock (if available)
or a solid body of suitable size in front of the
traction wheels.

o

Machine on an upward slope: put into first
gear, push the hydrostatic control lever
forward, until you can feel the traction effect
of the transmission, switch off the engine and
apply the parking brake. Get down from the
machine and position the chock (if available)
or a solid body of a suitable size behind the
traction wheels.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
MAINTENANCE
1. Follow the maintenance schedule with regard to
the machine servicing intervals.
Remember that the machine requires minor
attention from time to time. Also remember that
the time taken on maintenance will greatly extend the life of the machine.
2. Never attempt to clean, lubricate or carry out any
adjustments on the combine while it is in motion
or while the engine is running.
3. Keep hands, feet and/or garments away from
moving parts. Check that all rotating parts are
correctly guarded.

5. Always use suitable jack stands when carrying
out maintenance on the traction or the steering
axle.
6. Keep the combine, particularly the brakes and
steering, maintained in a reliable and satisfactory
condition to ensure your safety and compliance
with legal requirements.
Regularly check the efficiency of the brakes and
replace the brake pads before they are totally
worn out.
7. Any leakage of hydraulic oil or fuel under
pressure may cause severe harm, so always use
a shield, goggles and gloves when tracing oil or
fuel leaks.

4. Never work under the attachment without first
ensuring that the straw elevator hydraulic cylinder safety latch is engaged or that it is securely
supported on wooden blocks.

1-9

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
8. Never construct flexible hose assemblies from
hoses which have been previously used as part
of a hose assembly.
9. Never weld to the piping.
10. When flexible hoses or pipings are damaged,
replace them immediately.
11. Always replace worn or frayed belts before they
fail.
12. Always disconnect the battery earth lead before
carrying out any work on the electrical system.
13. Disconnect the alternator wires and the battery
cables before carrying out any electrical welding
on the machine. In addition, attach the earth
cable of the electric welder as close as possible
to the area to be welded.
14. Remove all tools from the machine after carrying
out any lubrication, maintenance or repair work.
Also, make sure that all components have been
securely tightened and all guards properly fitted.
Replace or repair damaged guards immediately.
15. Combine wheels are very heavy. Handle with
care and ensure, when stored, that they cannot
topple over and cause injury.
16. Never work on the tyres unless you have the
special tools and the necessary experience.
Incorrect fitting could be a serious safety hazard.
If in doubt, call in qualified personnel.

1-10

17. Never attempt to service the air conditioning
system. You may be severely frost bitten or
injured by escaping refrigerant. Special
equipment and instruments are required to
service the air conditioning system. Contact an
authorised dealer for service.
18. Adhere to all recommendations that are
mentioned in this manual such as service
intervals, torques, lubricants, etc.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
ENGINE
1. Keep the engine area clean of dust, chaff and
straw to prevent the possibility of fires.

2. Never idle the engine in an enclosed area as
harmful exhaust gases may build up.
3. Wear a suitable hearing protective device, such
as ear muffs or ear plugs, if you are exposed to
noise which you feel is uncomfortable.

Failure to follow these instructions may result in
serious personal injury from hot coolant or steam
blowout and/or damage to the cooling system or
engine.
5. Antifreeze contains monoethylene glycol and
other chemicals which are toxic if taken internally
and can be absorbed in toxic amounts through
repeated or prolonged skin contact. Follow these
precautions when working with antifreeze:
o

o

52183

4. The cooling system operates under pressure
which is controlled by the radiator cap. It is dangerous to remove the cap while the engine is hot.
o

o

Switch off the engine and wait until it has
cooled. Even then use extreme care when
removing the cap. Cover the cap with a rag
and turn it slowly to the first stop to allow the
pressure to escape before removing the cap
completely. Stand clear of the radiator
opening as hot coolant may splash out.
Never add cold water to a hot radiator.

Never take antifreeze internally. If antifreeze
is swallowed accidentally, obtain medical
attention immediately.
Keep antifreeze in sealed containers out of
reach of children, livestock or pets.

6. The fuel oil in the injection system is under high
pressure and can penetrate the skin. Unqualified
persons should not remove or attempt to adjust
any part of the fuel injection system. Failure to
follow these instructions may result in serious
harm.
If fuel is injected through the skin, medical assistance should be obtained.
7. Be very careful to avoid contact with hot engine
oil. If the engine oil is extremely hot, allow the oil
to cool to a moderately warm temperature for
safe removal.
8. Never handle a hot oil filter with bare hands.
9. Continuous and prolonged contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Protect your skin
by wearing heavy plastic gloves. If oil gets onto
the skin, wash promptly with soap and water.

1-11

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
DIESEL FUEL
1. Under no circumstances should gasoline, alcohol or blended fuels be added to diesel fuel.
These combinations can create an increased fire
or explosive hazard. In a closed container, such
as a fuel tank, such blends are more explosive
than pure gasoline. Never use these blends.

3. Maintain control of the fuel filler pipe nozzle when
filling the tank.

2. Never remove the fuel tank cap or refuel with the
engine running or hot.
Refuel the combine fuel tank only when the engine has been turned off.
Never smoke or use a naked flame when refuelling or when standing near fuel tanks.

5. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.

4. Never fill the fuel tank to capacity. Allow room for
some expansion.

6. Always tighten the fuel tank cap securely.
7. If the original fuel tank cap is lost, replace it with
an approved cap. A non approved, proprietary
cap may not be safe.
8. Keep fuel equipment clean and properly maintained.
9. Never drive equipment near open fires.
10. Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
11. Fuel quality must meet EN590.

52225

BIODIESEL FUEL
The use of biodiesel blends meeting Specification
Standards EN14214 is approved for your engine
up to B20 (20% blend ratio) for TC5070 and TC5080,
up to B100 for TC5040, TC5050 and TC5060. It is
highly recommended that you use biodiesel fuel from
accredited suppliers to maintain the quality and
consistency of the fuel.
Biodiesel does not have a long term stability and
should not be left in engines or stored for more than
four months. Prior to storing your machine for more
than 4 months, the engine should be flushed by
running for a minimum of 30 minutes with
conventional diesel fuel.

1-12

Biodiesel fuel has a higher cloud point than
conventional diesel fuels and is not recommended
for use in winter months. Consult your fuel dealer for
winter fuel requirements for your area.
Biodiesel fuel attracts moisture and may contain a
higher water content than conventional diesel fuel.
It may be necessary to drain the fuel filter water trap
more frequently.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
BATTERY WARNING

CAUTION

The battery contains a sulphuric acid electrolyte
which may cause severe burns and produce
explosive gases. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or
clothing. Never take internally.

The essential precautions listed must be observed:
o

Never use a naked flame to check the electrolyte
level. Keep sparks, flames and lighted tobacco
away.

o

Never produce sparks with cable clamps when
charging the battery or starting the engine with a
slave battery.

o

Wear eye protection when working near
batteries.

o

Provide ventilation when charging or using in an
enclosed space.

o

If the electrolyte comes into contact with the skin,
eyes or is taken internally, treat as follows:
Skin:

Flush with cold water.

Eyes:

Flush with cold water for 10 minutes
and get prompt medical attention.

Internal:

Call a doctor immediately.

Ensure the vent plugs are correctly installed and
tight.

ILLUSTRATIONS
NOTE: Some of the illustrations in this Manual have
been obtained by photographing prototypes.
Standard production machines may differ in some
details.

CAUTION
In some of the illustrations in this Manual the guards
or covers have been removed for clarity. Never
operate the machine with these protective guards or
covers removed.

1-13

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
LEGAL OBLIGATIONS
Your machine may be equipped with special
guarding or other devices in compliance with local
legislation. Some of these require active action by
the operator.

Therefore, check local legislation on the usage of this
machine.

SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR FLUID POWER SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS -
HYDRAULICS (EUROPEAN STANDARD EN 982)
Flexible hose assemblies may not be constructed
from hoses which have been previously used as part
of a hose assembly.

Before removing hydraulic accumulators for
servicing, the liquid pressure in the accumulator
must be reduced to zero.

Never weld hydraulic piping.

Pressure check on hydraulic accumulators shall be
carried out by method recommended by the
accumulator manufacturer.

When flexible hoses or piping are damaged, replace
them immediately.
It is forbidden to modify a hydraulic accumulator by
machining, welding or any other means.

1-14

Care must be taken not to exceed the maximum
allowable pressure of the accumulator. After any
check of adjustment there must be no leakage of
gas.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
AIRBORNE NOISE EMISSION
In line with the European directive (2003/10/EC) and
national legislation, the noise levels at the operator's
ear are measured in dBa, according to the ISO 5131
standard.
The noise is measured with the engine and all
mechanisms engaged and running at normal
operating speed for the specified use of the product
and without crop flow through the machine. These
are maximum values which in normal operating
conditions will never be exceeded.
It should be noted that the noise level may exceed 85
dBa if the machine is operating with the doors open.
In this case, the use of ear protection equipment is
compulsory.

Machine
model

Engine model

Noise level (dBa)
Cab
doors
closed

TC5040

New Holland (*)

82.5

TC5050

New Holland (*)

82.5

TC5060

New Holland (*)

82.5

TC5070

New Holland (*)

82.5

TC5080

New Holland (*)

82.5

(*) developed by CNH engine corporation

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
This product complies with the EEC directive
2004/108/EC
and
its
amendments
on
Electromagnetic Interferences on electronic
equipment if it is used in conjunction with equipment
which bears the CE mark.
New Holland will take no liability for any problem
arising as a result of its product working in an
environment of other equipment which does not
comply with the EEC directive.
Disturbances remain possible if added non New
Holland equipment does not meet the standards. As
these interferences may result in serious malfunction
of the machine and/or create unsafe situations the
following instructions must be observed:

Each element of non New Holland equipment added
to this New Holland product must bear a CE mark.
The maximum power of emission equipment (radio,
telephones, etc.) must not exceed the limits imposed
by the national authorities of the country of usage of
the machine.
The electromagnetic field generated by the added
system must not exceed 24 V/m at any moment and
at any location in the proximity of electronic
components and the network between them over the
entire machine.

VIBRATION LEVEL INFORMATION
The vibration level for the arms to which the operator
of this machine is exposed under normal operating
conditions is below the 2.5 m/sec@ weighted root
mean square (RMS) value. The vibration level for the
whole body is below the 0.5 m/sec@ RMS value.

This information and measuring methods are in line
with the European Machinery Directive 98/37/EC
paragraph 3.6.3.

1-15

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
SAFETY DECALS
The following safety decals have been placed on
your machine in the areas indicated. They are
intended for your personal safety and for bystanders.
Safety decals are designed according to ISO 11684.

6
Please take this manual and walk around your
machine, noting the location of the decals and their
significance.

7
Review these decals and the operating instructions
detailed in this Manual with the machine operators.

8
Keep the decals clean and legible. If they become
damaged or illegible, obtain replacements from your
New Holland dealer.

9
1-16

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 1

Decal 2

Carefully read the Operator's Manual before
operating the machine. Observe instructions and
safety rules when operating.
Decal 3

Never ride on platform or ladder.

Disengage all drives, stop the engine and wait until
moving parts have stopped before cleaning or
servicing the machine.

Never open or remove the safety shields while
engine is running.

Decal 4

1-17

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 5

Decal 6

Secure lift cylinder locking device before getting in
dangerous area.

Never reach into rotating auger.

Decal 7

Decal 8

Never reach or climb into grain tank while engine is
running.

Never reach into straw walker while engine is
running.

1-18

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 9

Decal 10

Shut off engine and remove ignition key before
performing maintenance or repair work.

Wait until all machine components have stopped
completely before touching them.

Decal 11

Decal 12

DANGER:
keep far from machine moving parts.

Never open or remove safety shields while engine is
running.

1-19

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 13

Decal 14

87655725

Hydraulic accumulators contain gas and oil under
pressure. For removal and repair, contact your local
New Holland dealer.

To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the
ground speed increases during downhill driving and
it is impossible to reduce speed with the ground
speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a
lower gear appropriate to steepness of the hill before
starting the descent.

Decal 15

Decal 16

DANGER:
Stay clear while the engine is running.

R134a cooling gas. For removal and repair contact
your local New Holland dealer.

1-20

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 18

Decal 17

84433131
51894

This plate indicates:
1. The maximum allowed vertical force.
2. The maximum allowed horizontal pull force of the
hitch.

Maximum road speed limitation of the vehicle: "XX".

Decal 19

Decal 20

Danger - Keep sufficiently far from electrical lines.

Battery key

1-21

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 21

Decal 22

84439510

Don't place foot.

Jack-up point.

Decal 23

Decal 24

Tie-down eye.

1-22

Lifting eye or pull eye.

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 25

Decal 26

Only operate when approved fire extinguisher is
installed.

Stay clear of hot surface.

Decal 27

87396791

Overhead powerlines + height indication.
(Not for all countries)

1-23

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Decal 28

Decal 29

Hot coolant

1. Disengage header, threshing mechanism and
unloading system.
2. Place the hydrostatic handle in neutral or press
down on the clutch pedal.
3. Set the unloading tube position tumbler switch in
neutral position.
4. Sound the horn 3 times and wait for 10 seconds
before starting the engine.
5. Start the engine.

Decal 30

Decal 31

Maximum allowed weight to step on

1-24

Certification decal for Russia

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Cylinder safety latch on straw elevator
The left-hand header cylinder is standard fitted with
a safety latch which must be lowered onto the
cylinder rod to prevent accidental lowering of the
header.
For operations to be carried out under the lifted
header, the cylinder safety latch must be moved from
position (2) on the plunger to position (1).

2
1
20259

10

After the use, place the cylinder safety latch in
position (2) again.
IMPORTANT: Do not use the cylinder safety latch in
position (1) as header support, when travelling along
public roads otherwise damage may occur to the
cylinder.
Header additional safety latch
In some countries a small safety latch (3) is fitted
onto the right-hand side cylinder. It must be lowered
onto the cylinder rod when driving on public roads to
prevent accidental lowering of the straw elevator.

3
21097

11

Straw elevator additional support

5

In some countries, there is a legal obligation to have
an additional support (6) installed on the right-hand
side of the straw elevator. This support must be
placed in position (4) whenever the machine is
driving on public roads.
After using it, the support (6) can be stored in the
latch (5).

6

4
A21106

12

1-25

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Wheel chock
In some countries, the metal wedges (7) are stored
on the right-hand side of the straw elevator.

7
42100

13

When the machine is parked on a nonlevel surface,
the wedge (7) has to be placed at the lowest side
against the traction wheel.

CAUTION
Never position the wedges against the steering
wheels.

7

42101

14

Safety guard for straw elevator
For some countries, the safety railing (8) must be
installed for road transport and secured to the front
of the straw elevator.

8

42102

15

1-26

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Signal plates

9

For some countries, signal plates (9) must be
installed for road transport.
o

At the front to the safety railing (8), if installed.

8

9
42102

16
o

To a profile fitted to the straw elevator.

9

9
55591

17
o

At the rear to the light supports on both sides.

9

9

55592

18
Reverse driving buzzer
At the right-hand side a buzzer is installed to inform
people that there will follow an action with the
combine.

19
1-27

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Safety guards
For safety reasons and according to the European
directives, safety guards are now equipped with
locking devices which can only be opened by means
of the special tool (1) located on the left-hand side of
the straw elevator.

CAUTION
DO NOT modify the guards and the locking devices.
20

Straw chopper spreader chute
While driving on public roads, the straw chopper
spreader chute must be kept in operation position (as
shown), if the combine is not pulling a header trailer.

21

1-28

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Fire extinguisher (if installed)
The fire extinguisher is located on the left-hand side
near the straw hood.
Check the extinguisher pressure at least once a year
before the start of the season.
To check if the extinguisher is still under pressure,
proceed as follows:
1. Unscrew the pressure gauge from the valve.
2. The needle will go from the green area to "0" in
the red area.

22

3. Rescrew the pressure gauge on the valve. The
needle will go from "0" in the red field to the green
field.
If the needle remains in the "0" of the red field, the
extinguisher has a leakage. The extinguisher has to
be repaired by a recognised extinguisher dealer.
Once the extinguisher is discharged, no matter for
how long, it must be recharged.
The decal on the fire extinguisher is explained below:
o The extinguisher can be used and has been
tested at temperatures of -20° C (-68° F) and
+60° C (+140° F).
o

The type of the extinguisher "PKD 6", this means:
Dry chemical powder and the capacity is 6 kg
(13.2 lbs).

1. Remove the safety pin.
2. Aim nozzle at base of fire.
3. Press on the handle.
The extinguisher can be used on
"A" class fires = dry fires
"B" class fires = liquid fires
"C" class fires = gas fires
o

After use of the extinguisher on a fire, the
pressure gauge needle will go to zero pressure.

o

Do not try to repair or refill the extinguisher
yourself. Bring the used or leaking extinguisher
to a recognised extinguisher dealer.

o

Do not use the extinguisher on objects under
electrical tension of more than 1000 Volt and at
less than one meter (3,3 ft) distance.

23
1-29

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
ACCESS TO MACHINE COMPONENTS
o

Access to operator's platform

DANGER

Never allow anyone to stand or hang on the combine
access ways while the combine is in motion. These
access ways are only provided for entering and
servicing the (stopped) combine in a safe way.

CAUTION

Always mount and leave the combine in a safe way,
i.e. use the steps and guard rails provided and
maintain a 3-point contact at all times.
24

Pull up the ladder for road transport and secure it with
the hook (2) provided on the operator's platform.
The bracket (1) can be adjusted by loosening the
bolts so that the ladder stands vertical in the
pulled-up position.

DANGER

Make sure bystanders cannot be hit when lowering
the ladder.

25

The ladder can pivot at (1) when the combine is
advancing or reversing and the ladder contacts an
obstacle. The pivoting force is adjusted with the
springs (2). The spring length should be 63 mm
(2 - 1/2").

DANGER

Never jump on the ladder when the combine is
advancing as the ladder may pivot away.

26

1-30

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
o

Step (1) provided to allow opening of the grain
tank cover at the front side. (If installed)

27
o

Access to the straw elevator to enable cleaning
of the cab windscreen.
Raise the header to its highest position and
engage the header safety latch. Step on the
straw elevator and keep your hand on the rail (1)
on top of the cab.

28

1-31

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
o

Access to the engine compartment, to the fuel
tank filler cap and to the straw walkers.
Proceed as follows:
1. Pull the latch (1) out of the clamp (2) and
ensure latch (1) falls down in support (3).

29
2. Lower the lowest part (4) of the ladder.

CAUTION
Raise the ladder and ensure latch (1) is secured by
the clamp (2) when travelling on public roads and
also when working in the field.
IMPORTANT:
If mechanical control: Lowering the rear ladder when
the engine is running will cause to stop the engine.
Be aware that if the engine is running with the rear
ladder in lowered position, the engine protection is
not working.
If remote control: Lowering the rear ladder when the
threshing is engaged will cause to stop the threshing
mechanism.
3. Step on the engine compartment and antislip
strips on the grain tank are provided to have
access to the grain tank at the rear side. Use
the hand grip to step on to the engine
compartment.

30

CAUTION
Never stand up on the engine.

31

1-32

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
o

To reach the grain tank, proceed as follows:

1. Stop the engine, remove the ignition key and
engage the parking brake.

2

2. Access to the grain tank cover from the engine
platform getting on the anti-slip steps.
3. Open the grain tank cover by tilting it rearwards.
4. Lift the safety guard (1) out of the hooks (2). Push
the safety guard rearwards and let it hang down
in the grain tank.
5. In case of five straw walker combine, use the
steps to climb inside the grain tank.
o

1

42080

32

Shielding (left and right-hand side)
Open the shielding (1) by using the special tool.
To open: Turn first the nut a quarter counter
clockwise with the special tool to unlock the
shielding.

33

1-33

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
Right-hand side covers
o

Access to adjust the grain elevator transport
chain
(only TC5070 and TC5080)
Remove the cover (1) by turning the four slots
(2).

CAUTION
Adjust the drive chain tension from inside the grain
tank.
34
Left-hand side covers
o

To have access to the grain returns cross auger
and elevator drive chain.
Open the cover (1), by unlocking the lever (2).

35
o

Open the cover (1) (if rotary separator installed)
to have access to the grain pan and rotary
separator concave.

36

1-34

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
To open the cab roof, proceed as follows:

1. When pulling the handle (1) down (in the cab),
the cab roof (2) (fig. 38) will open.

37

38
2. Push the cab roof further up until the supports (3)
open the cab roof completely.

39
To close the cab roof, proceed as follows:
1. Pull back both supports (3) and push down the
cab roof (2).
2. The cab roof (2) is completely closed when you
hear it lock in place.

1-35

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
ATTACHING A TRAILER
A hook is foreseen on the top of the trailer hitch
support to pull a trailer with a cable to the combine to
attach.

40

TOWING THE COMBINE
Towing the combine is not recommended, but if it
must be towed, the following steps must be taken:
1. In case of hydrostatic drive: Move
multi-function handle into neutral position.

the

2. Select neutral gear.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Provide adequate warning signals to make other
road users aware that the combine is being
towed.
5. Tow at a maximum speed of 16 km/h (10mph).

NOTE:
1. Towing the combine with hydrostatic drive and
selected gear will immediately lead to irreparable
hydrostatic damage.
2. Should the combine become stuck in the mud,
always tow the combine with a cable or chain
attached to the traction axle. Do not tow the
combine with a cable attached to the steering
axle.

1-36

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
LIFTING THE COMBINE
To lift the combine (for example to load the combine
on a trailer for road transport) there are lifting hooks:

o

At the front

Two lifting hooks are located in the grain tank.

41
o

At the rear

Two lifting hooks are located at the left and right-hand
side on the top of the upper frame of the straw walker
section.
NOTE: Use long ropes or cables to lift the combine,
to avoid damage to the combine.

42

43

1-37

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
TIE DOWNS FOR SHIPPING
To hook-up the combine (e.g. trailer) proceed as
follows:
Install the combine on a trailer and support the front
and rear axle with wooden blocks as wide and as low
as possible.

o

At the front:

They are two holes foreseen at the left and right-hand
side straw elevator lift cylinder support.
Tie-down with a rope or a chain in cross-bond.

44
o

At the rear:

45

1-38

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
ADJUSTMENT OF THE DIMMED LIGHTS
The dimmed lights are "factory adjusted" with a level
standing combine.
However to adjust the dimmed lights, proceed as
follows:
1. Park the combine on a perfect level surface and
about 5 meter (16 ft) from a perpendicular square
dark wall.
2. Lower the straw elevator.
3. Measure distance A. (A=distance from the
ground to the centre of the lamp)
4. Measure distance L. (L= distance from the light
to the wall)
5. Distance C should be maximum = A - (L x 0.07)

46
6. Adjust the light by loosening the nut (1).

47
1-39

SECTION 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY
ATTACHMENT COMPATIBILITY
The combine can be equipped with the headers
shown here below:

HEADERS

TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

High-Capacity Grain Header
12ft

x

x

x

x

x

13ft

x

x

x

x

x

15ft

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

17ft
20ft

x (1)

Maize header
MR570N

x

x

x

MR575W

x

x

x

MR580W

x

x

x

MR670N

x (2)

x

MR675N

x (2)

x

MR675W

x (2)

x

MR680W

x (2)

x

MF670N

x (2)

x

MF675N

x (2)

x

MF675W

x (2)

x

MF680W

x (2)

x

(1): former C.I.S. countries
(2): In case of heavy duty traction
This is the logic of the maize headers
Position 1:

M

Maize header

Position 2:

R or F

Rigid or Flip-up

Position 3:

5, 6 or 8

Number of rows

Position 4 and 5:

70, 75 or 80

Row distance in cm

Position 6:

N or W

Narrow or Wide frame

1-40

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
CAB AND CONTROLS
Cab door
To open the door from the inside, press onto the lever
(1).

1
Emergency exit
The right-hand window is the emergency exit.
In case of emergency, break the right-hand window
with the hammer (2).
Remove glass splits from the frame with feet and
elbows.
Leave the cab passing over the instrument panel.
Use the mirror support as a handhold and the traction
tyre to step on.
2
Clutch pedal (TC5040 - TC5060)
The clutch pedal (8) should be used in the following
cases:
o

To start the engine

o

To select a gear, press down on the clutch pedal
(8) and engage required gear.

o

To move or stop the combine.

o

If it is necessary to make an emergency stop, the
clutch pedal (8) may be actuated while in gear
simultaneously with the brake pedals.

3

NOTE: Do not use this device on a downward slope.
Always use the clutch pedal (8) simultaneously with
the brakes.

2-1

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Operator's seat and surroundings
1. Standard seat

4

1.

Operator seat fore and after adjustment

2.

Weight adjustment with weight indicator

3.

Seat back rest inclination adjustment

4.

Armrest

WARNING

- In case of remote control: When the operator
leaves the operator's seat for more than seven
seconds, the header/straw elevator will be
disengaged.
- In case mechanical control: When the operator
leaves the operator's seat for more than five
seconds, the engine will be shut off.

2-2

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
2. Air-suspended seat

5
1.

Operator seat fore and after adjustment

2.

Weight and seat height adjustment (air suspension)
Weight adjustment: Lift or press the lever until the
green marking at the weight/height indicator (3) is
visible.
Height adjustment: Lift or press the lever until the
required position is adjusted (the green marking is
visible).

3.

Weight/height indicator

4.

Lumbar adjustment

5.

Armrest angle adjustment

6.

Instructional seat

WARNING

When the operator leaves the operator's seat for
more than five seconds, the header/straw elevator
will be disengaged.

2-3

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
1.

Parking brake

2.

Concave control lever

3.

Gearshift lever

4.

Throttle lever (only TC5040-TC5050-TC5060)

5.

Storage space for Operator's Manual/bottle holder

6
Header engaging lever (if applicable)
Threshing mechanism engaging lever (if applicable)
Unloading system engaging lever (if applicable)
Windshield washer reservoir (if installed)
(Use windscreen washer liquid
"TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35")
10. Brake fluid level
11. Clutch fluid level (only TC5040-TC5060)
6.
7.
8.
9.

7
12. Fuse and relay panel cover

8

2-4

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Steering column and control pedals

9
1.

Steering wheel

10. Foot brake pedal right-hand side

2.

Steering wheel tilt control (screw)

11. Brake pedals coupler

3.

Steering column tilt control pedal

4.

Direction indicator and horn
a: right-hand side
b: left-hand side
c: horn

5.

Direction indicator warning light - combine

6.

Highlights indicator light

7.

Direction warning light - trailer

12. Foot support (if installed)

8.

Clutch pedal (TC5040 - TC5060)

13. Stubble height indicator (if applicable)

9.

Foot brake pedal left-hand side

CAUTION

For safety reasons, always couple the brake pedals
by means of the brake pedal coupler when driving on
public roads. This ensures the brakes are actuated
together.

2-5

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Right-hand module

10

2-6

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
1.

Multi-function handle (TC5050 - TC5070 - TC5080) (see further in this section for more detailed information)

Forward
Neutral
Reverse
(and audible alarm)
1.

Multi-function handle (TC5040 - TC5060) (see further in this section for more detailed information)

Increase ground speed
Neutral
Decrease ground speed

2-7

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
2.

Header compensation gauge (see further in this section for more detailed information)

3.

Header/ Straw elevator engagement switch (if applicable)
o

To engage, push down on the spring-loaded orange cap and pull up the black ring under the orange cap.

o

To disengage, press on the top of the orange cap.

NOTE: The header mechanism can only be engaged if field mode (with the Safety-on-the-road tumbler switch) is selected
+ threshing mechanism is engaged, and the operator's seat is used (if applicable).

4.

Threshing mechanism engagement switch (if applicable)
o

To engage, push down on the spring-loaded orange cap and pull up the black ring under the orange cap.

o

To disengage, press on the top of the orange cap.

NOTE: The threshing mechanism can only be engaged if field mode (with the Safety-on-the-road tumbler switch) is selected,
and the rear ladder is in the upper position.

5.

Unloading tube engagement switch (if applicable)
o

To engage, push down on the spring-loaded orange cap and pull up the black ring under the orange cap.

o

To disengage, press on the top of the orange cap.

NOTE: The unload tube mechanism can only be engaged if field mode (with the Safety-on-the-road tumbler switch) is selected
and the unload tube is in open position.
6.

Storage place for small items

7.

12 Volts DC socket

8.

Fuel gauge

9.

Ignition key (ignition, engine start and stop key)

1.
2.
3.
4.

Off
Not used
Contact
Engine starter motor

NOTE: When set the ignition key in "contact" position, an audible signal will sound, a lamp test and the revolving
flash lights will be activated for a few seconds.
10.

Unloading tube swing tumbler switch

o
o

Neutral

o

2-8

Unloading tube swing out

Unloading tube swing in

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
11.

Revolving flash light(s) tumbler switch (If installed)

o

o

Position 2: Revolving flash light(s) activated as long as grain tank high level
indication

o

12.

Position 1: Revolving flash light(s) activated during 7 seconds when grain
tank high level indication

Position 3: On-road situation (always on)

Traffic lights tumbler switch

o
o

Position 1: Parking lights

o

13.

Off

Position 2: Headlights

Headlights tumbler switch
(only when traffic lights tumbler switch is ON in position 2)

o
o

14.

Off
On

Worklights tumbler switch

o

Middle+central+outer worklights (left-hand position "2") and rear worklights
(if field mode is selected)

o

Central and outer worklights (middle position "1")

o

OFF (right-hand position "0")

2-9

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
15.

Stubble + rear lights tumbler switch (if installed), (if field mode is selected and
work lights are on)

o
o

16.

Off
On

Cab operating lights tumbler switch (If installed)

o

Off

o

On

WARNING

Avoid disturbing road users with the headlights
switched on.
17.

Unloading tube light tumbler switch (only when work lights are On)

o
o

18.

Off
On

Mirror adjustment switch (If installed)

o
o

2-10

Arrow to the left: left-hand mirror
Arrow to the right: right-hand mirror

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
19.

Engine throttle rocker switch (only TC5070 and TC5080)

o

Increase engine speed

o

Neutral

o

Decrease engine speed

The engine rpm will automatically increase or decrease with one single pulse.
Press the opposite part of the switch to stop the automatic
(increase/decrease)engine rpm.

NOTE: The engine rpm can only be increased minimum 5 seconds after the engine has been started.

20.

Safety-on-the-road tumbler switch

o

Field mode

o

Road mode

The following main functions will be disabled in road mode:

o

Automatic header height control

o

Reel speed adjustment + synchronisation

o

Header engagement, reversing (if remote control)

o

Threshing engagement (if remote control)

o

Unload tube open/close (if remote control) + unload engagement

o

Stubble + rear lights

o

Straw chopper (if remote control)

2-11

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
21.

Drum speed rocker switch (*)

o
o

Neutral

o

22.

Increase drum speed

Decrease drum speed

Fan speed rocker switch (*)

o
o

Neutral

o

23.

Increase fan speed

Decrease fan speed

Straw chopper engagement tumbler switch (*)

o
o

24.

Off
On

Self-levelling rocker reset switch (if installed) (*)

o
o

25. Spare
26.

Off
On

Hazard warning lights tumbler switch

o

Off

o

On

(*): If threshing mechanism is engaged

2-12

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
27.

Header control selector switch.

o
o

Compensation mode

o

Stubble height mode

o

28.

Transport mode

Autofloatt mode or Controlfloatt mode

Header compensation control knob

o
o

29.

"+": To increase the pressure of the header onto the soil
"-": To decrease the pressure of the header onto the soil

Header stubble height control knob

o
o

30.

"+": To increase the preselected stubble height
"-": To reduce the preselected stubble height

Chopper spreader plates rocker switch (if installed) (*)

o

31.

Towards left-hand side

Chopper spreader plates rocker switch (if installed) (*)

o

Towards right-hand side

(*): If threshing mechanism is engaged
2-13

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Alarm control module
The alarm control module is located in the right-hand
module. For details, see below.

11

12
1.

Parking brake alarm

2.

Engine rear ladder or operator's seat alarm

3.

Hydrostatic low pressure or temperature alarm

4.

Battery charge alarm

5.

Engine low oil pressure alarm

6.

In road mode: Alarm led is flashing + buzzer for
3 seconds

Coolant temperature or shunt tank alarm

In field mode: Alarm led is continuous activated
If ground speed & gt; 15 km/h for minimum two
seconds: Alarm led is flashing + buzzer for 10
seconds
12. Drum speed alarm

If engine coolant temperature is higher than
106_C for 3 seconds or shunt tank low level & gt; 30
sec.
7.

Water in fuel

8.

Air restriction alarm

9.

Self-levelling alarm

10. Full grain tank alarm
11. Open unloading tube alarm

2-14

13. Fan speed alarm
14. Return elevator speed alarm
15. Straw walker speed alarm
16. Straw chopper speed alarm
17. Swath plate position alarm
18. Straw walker blockage alarm

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Multi-function handle

1.

Multifunction handle

6.

Reel height control rocker switch

2.

Reel fore adjustment

NOTE: In case a maize header is attached:

3.

Reel speed increase/decrease rocker switch
up = speed increase
down = speed decrease

Up = stripper plates open
Down = stripper plates closed

4.

Reel after adjustment

5.

13

Header height control and header flotation
(if applicable) rocker switch
With the upper and lower part of this switch, the header
can be moved up and down respectively. In case of
header height control, the header height switch offers
two speeds. Pushing the switch to its first stop, both up
and down, the movement will be slow. When pushed
to the second stop, the up and down movement will be
fast.
If lateral float, with the left and right part of the switch,
the lateral float of the header can be adjusted. Pushing
to the left will tilt the header counter-clockwise, pushing
to the right will tilt the header clockwise.

2-15

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
7.

Resume button (if header height control)

8.

Header and straw elevator reversing button

14

2-16

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Cab roof controls

1.

Heating switch (if installed)

2.

A/C system switch (if cab)

3.

Fan switch (3 speeds)

4.

Screen washer rocker switch (if installed)

5.

Windscreen wiper switch (2 speeds)

6.

Radio location

15
7.

Air vents

8.

Cab roof lock
To release the cab roof, pull the handle down.

9.

Adjustable air vents

16

17

2-17

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
10. Speaker location

18
11. Cab interior light

There are three positions:
o

OFF

o

MIDDLE

o

ON

19

2-18

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Lighting and mirrors
o

Without cab

20
1.

Dimmed lights and Headlights

6.

-

2.

Work lights

7.

Electrical adjustable mirrors

3.

Direction indicators

8.

Revolving flash lights

4.

Parking lights

9.

Stubble lights (if installed)

5.

-

2-19

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
With cab

o

21
1.

Dimmed lights and Headlights

6.

Main adjustable mirrors

2.

Work lights

7.

Electrical adjustable mirrors

3.

Direction indicators

8.

Revolving flash lights

4.

Parking lights

9.

Stubble lights (if installed)

5.

Cab operating lights

2-20

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
1.

Stop lights

2.

Rear road lights

3.

Direction indicator

4.

Rear work lights (if installed)

5.

Unloading tube light (if installed)

6.

Grain tank light

22

23
6

55600

24
7.

Portable light

One at the left and one at the right-hand side

25
2-21

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
RIGHT-HAND SIDE COMPONENTS
1.

Cleaning fan speed control lever (mechanical)
(only TC5040 - if applicable)

1

42105

26
2.

Self-levelling cleaning system override switch
[if installed].
This switch allows easier installation of the upper
sieve (see Section 3 - FIELD AND SITE
OPERATION).

2

42247

27
3.

Drum socket wrench
When the drum is in blocked, it can be released using
this wrench (see Section 3 - FIELD AND SITE
OPERATION).

3

55603

28

2-22

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
LEFT-HAND SIDE COMPONENTS
1.

Special tool to open secured shielding and to ease the
header drive shaft coupling.

2.

Grain tank inspection door

29

30

2-23

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
3.

Battery key
Turn the key counter clockwise 1/4 turn after having
switched off the ignition key.
Turn the key clockwise 1/4 turn before switching on
the ignition key in the cab.

IMPORTANT: To avoid loss of data and/or monitor
damage, it is strongly recommended not to stop the
engine by using the battery switch. Always use the
contact key in this case and wait for minimum 15
seconds before disconnect the battery switch.
IMPORTANT: It is advisable to disconnect the
batteries at the end of the day, using the battery
switch.
4.
5.

31

Batteries
Remove the rubber cover to have access to the
batteries.
Toolbox

32

2-24

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
OTHER COMPONENTS
o

Diagnostic port for off-board or diagnose and
software download. (CAN module)

Located in the fuse and relay box at the right-hand
side of the cab.

33
o

12-Volt DC socket (left)

34

2-25

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
PERFORMANCE MONITOR (IF INSTALLED)
The performance monitor allows you to operate at
the highest speed with a minimum of grain loss. The
grain loss is measured at the end of the sieves and
at the end of the straw walkers.
1.

Indicator light bar of straw walker grain losses

2.

Sensitivity knob for straw walker grain loss sensor

3.

Indicator light bar of sieve grain losses

4.

Sensitivity knob for sieve grain loss sensor

The indicator light bars (1) and (3) comprise four
green lights at the bottom, followed by three yellow
lights and finally three red lights on top. The first
green light is on at all times, regardless of loss or
monitor setting. As the loss signal rate increases,
more lights will glow.

2-26

35

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
As the grain loss measuring is not an absolute but a
relative measuring, proceed as follows to set the
performance monitor:
1. Engage the header drive.
2. Engage the first or the second gear and enter the
crop.
3. Adjust the reel height, the reel fore and after
setting and the reel speed, according to the type
of crop being harvested.
4. Adjust the forward speed with the ground speed
control lever. The ground speed in km/h can be
observed on the tachometer.
5. Stop the machine after a hundred metres and
take a grain sample. Check also for grain losses
in the swath. If the result unsatisfactory, carry out
the necessary adjustments.

36

6. Select the highest ground speed consistent with
obtaining good results.
7. Set the sensitivity knob (4) of the sieves sensor
so that all green lights and one yellow light on the
indicator light bar (3) appear.
8. Set the sensitivity knob (2) of the straw walker
sensor so that all green lights and one yellow light
on the indicator light bar (1) appear.
9. Increase the forward speed until one of the bars
(1) or (3) glows into the red zone.
Stop the machine and check if grain losses has
clearly increased. If not, this means that the
sensitivity of the bar with the most lights on, was set
too high. Set the sensitivity knob corresponding with
this bar so that it glows on a lower level (only two or
three green lights) at the speed selected under point
6.
o

If the rate of loss increases, more lights will
illuminate.

o

If the rate decreases, lights will extinguish.

2-27

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Display with keyboard functions
1. 4-digit display
2. Drum speed selector button
press once: Drum speed (led is on)
press twice: Threshing hours (led is flashing)
3. Cleaning fan selector button
4. Ground speed selector button
5. Engine speed selector button
press once: Engine speed (led is on) and also
default on display during 4 seconds when throttle
is increased or decreased.
press twice: Engine hours visible on the display
during 10 seconds (led is flashing).
press three times: Coolant temperature visible
on the display during 10 seconds (led is flashing
fast)
6. press once: Engine load selector button
(only if TC5070 - TC5080)
press twice: Fuel temperature
7. Partial / Stored / Total area selector button
press once: Partial area (ha or acres)
press twice: Stored area (ha or acres)
press three times: Total area (ha or acres)
8. Monitor settings (led is on)
9. Enter button
10. Header width correction button
The header width can be reduced (only with the
header down) in steps of one fourth of the total
header width in case of a grain header, one row
in case of a maize header every time the button
is pushed. (During a 10 seconds period) A short
beep confirmed the reduction.
NOTE: Each time the area counter is stopped (by
rising the header) the full header width is restored.
The display shows: "- - - -".
11. Escape button
Escape in Set mode/ alarm mode
Kill stall and override

2-28

37

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
MONITOR SETTINGS
To achieve a correct working and/ or read out of some
functions the following header and combine settings
have to be done.

1. Full header width
2. Ground speed constant adjustment
3. Straw chopper availability
4. Metric/ Imperial setting
IMPORTANT:
o

To change the settings, press on the "SET"
button.

o

Leave the settings by pressing on the "ESC"
button during 5 seconds.

2-29

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
1. Full header width
The full header width represents the header width of
the current used header.
The grain headers are expressed in feet, the maize
headers are expressed in row number and row
distance (cm).
This value is important for:
o

Area calculation

NOTE: If a maize header is selected the Autofloatt
system will be disabled.
To select this mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set the ignition key in the contact position.
2. Press on the "SET" button (8).
3. On the display (1) appears the width in the
following format:
"ft ZZ " = grain header width in feet. (blinking)
or
"YY:XX" = "YY" = row number (blinking)
"XX" = row distance in cm
4. Press the "ARROW UP" (2) or the "ARROW
DOWN" button (3) to select your used header.
The value can be changed between:
10 and 25 ft for grain header width
4 and 12 for row number
50 and 100 for row distance in cm
5. Press the "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate.
The validation is confirmed by a short beep and
the routine jumps to the next value or mode.

38

2-30

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
2. Ground speed constant adjustment
The ground speed constant is a value needed for the
ground speed calculation. This value depends of the
tyre load radius and the final drive reduction.
To select this mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set the ignition key in the contact position.
2. Press on the "SET" button (8).
3. Press on the "ESC" button (11) (1 time) until the
led of the "GROUND SPEED" button (4) is
blinking.
On the display (1) appears the current ground
speed constant value "XXXX".
4. Press the "ARROW UP" (2) or the "ARROW
DOWN" button (3) to change the current ground
speed constant value on the display (1).
The value can be changed between 1000 and
9900 in steps of 5.
5. Press the "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate.
The validation is confirmed by a short beep and
the routine jumps to the next mode.
NOTE: The number of the ground speed constant
can be find in the table below.

39
Ground speed constant

Traction tyre
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

23.1-26-10PR-SSG (37)

1335

1819

23.1-26-14PR-AN15(37)STOMIL

1355

1847

620/75R26-166A8(37)

1365

1862

620/75R30-163A8-DT820

1278

1745

650/75R32-172A8-DT820
750/65R26-166A8(57)
800/65R32-172A8(100)

-
1353

1638
1847

-

1638

NOTE: This can also be done via an automatic calibration, refer to "Automatic ground speed calibration",
further in this section.

2-31

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Automatic ground speed calibration
With this routine the ground speed constant can also
be defined.
Proceed as follows:
1. Mark a distance of 100 m to be driven on a
straight road.
2. Position the combine at the 0 m mark.
3. Press and hold the "SET" button (8) during 5
seconds. The display (1) will show "AUtO".
4. Start driving the combine. "AUtO" will be flashing
as soon the ground speed pulses are detected.
5. At the 100 m mark, press and release the "SET"
button (8) again.
A new ground speed constant will be calculated
and will be displayed for 2 seconds.
6. Calibration is done and the display will revert to
the normal display.
40

2-32

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
3. Straw chopper availability
In this mode, the operator can define if a straw
chopper is installed or not.
NOTE: This setting prevent false shaft speed alarm
or swath plate position alarm by absence of a straw
chopper.
To select this mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set the ignition key in the contact position.
2. Press on the "SET" button (8).
3. Press on the "ESC" button (11) (2 times) until on
the display (1) appears:
"CH_0" = Chopper not installed
or
"CH_1" = Chopper installed
4. Press the "ARROW UP" (2) or the "ARROW
DOWN" button (3) to make your choice between
"CH_1" and "CH_0".
On the display (1) appears: "CH_1" or "CH_0".
5. Press the "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate.
The validation is confirmed by a short beep and
the routine jumps to the next mode.

41

2-33

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
4. Metric / Imperial setting
In this mode the operator can choose between
metric or imperial units.
The area calculation and the ground speed
calculation make use of it.
To select this mode, proceed as follows:
1. Set the ignition key in the contact position.
2. Press on the "SET" button (8).
3. Press on the "ESC" button (11) (3 times) until on
the display appears:
"HA" = Hectare, km/h (metric)
or
"AC" = Acres, miles/h (imperial)
4. Press the "ARROW UP" (2) or the "ARROW
DOWN" button (3) to make your choice between
Metric or Imperial.
On the display (1) appears "HA" or "AC".
5. Press the "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate.
The validation is confirmed by a short beep and
the routine jumps to the next mode.
6. Leave the settings by pressing on the "ESC"
button during 5 seconds.

42

2-34

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
AREA COUNTER
Area indication
The area calculation is based on the following
parameters:
o

Ground speed value

o

Header width

The area calculation starts under the following
conditions:
o

If threshing mechanism and header is engaged.

o

If working under the maximum stubble height
calibration.
(Refer to headed: "1. Maximum stubble height"
of this paragraph)

Three different area values can be set on the display.
1. Partial area: The area accumulated at the
moment.
2. Stored area: The current area stored into the
memory (one memory is available)
3. Total area: The total area the machine has
accumulated.

2-35

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
1. Partial area
Press the button (7) once to set the partial area on
the display (1) in Ha or Acres depending of the
monitor settings.
Refer to heading: "4. Metric / Imperial setting" of this
paragraph.
The corresponding led (12) is on.
NOTE: After pressing the button (7), the partial area
is visible on the display (1) during 10 seconds, then
the display will revert to the former function.

43
2. Stored area
Press the button (7) twice to set the stored area on
the display (1) in Ha or Acres.
The corresponding led (13) is on.

44

2-36

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
3. Total area
Press the button (7) three times to set the total area
on the display (1) in Ha or Acres.
Both leds (12) and (13) are on.
NOTE: The total area can not be set to zero.
NOTE: After press the button (7), the partial area is
visible on the display (1) during 10 seconds, then the
display will revert to the former function.

45

2-37

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Storing partial area
The partial area can be stored into the memory
(stored area) if the value is bigger than zero and the
ground speed = 0.
To do this job, proceed as follows:
1. Put the ignition key on.
2. Set the partial area on the display (1) by pressing
once on the button (7).
3. Press the "ENTER" button (9) until the beep is
working.
4. The partial area is shifted into the memory and
current partial area is reset to zero.
(Previous stored area is lost and replaced by the
new area). Both leds are flashing alternately.

46

2-38

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Software version

To view the Control Module software version on the
display (1): Press simultaneously button (2) and (3).
(Drum speed and cleaning fan speed button)
To view the monitor software version on the display
(1):
Press simultaneously button (9) and (11).
(Enter and escape button)

47

2-39

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
AUDIBLE ALARM
An audible signal (buzzer) is provided with a
continuous low level and a intermittent high level
noise, depending of the alarm conditions.
NOTE: When the alarm is functioning, try to locate
the defect or contact your local dealer for assistance.
The noise level of the audible alarm can be adjusted.
To adjust, proceed as follows:
1. Press simultaneously the button (10) (Header
width correction) and (11) (escape) to become a
low level noise (L).
2. Use the button (2) (drum speed) or (3) (fan
speed) to adjust the low noise level between 1
and 15 that can be viewed on the display (1)
"L XX".
3. Press the "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate and the routine jumps to the
high level noise (H) adjustment.
4. Use the button (2) (drum speed) or (3) (fan
speed) to adjust the high noise level between 17
and 50 that can be viewed on the display (1)
"H XX".
5. Press "ENTER" button (9) for minimum two
seconds to validate.

2-40

48

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Machine error messages

When the ignition key is set in the contact position,
possible error(s) will be indicated on the display (1).
The error will be displayed for 10 seconds every 60
seconds as long as the error condition is true. A short
buzzer beep is generated every time the error
message appears, this for maximum 5 times.
When pressing the "ESC" button (11), the error
indicated on the display (1) will be deleted and a
possible second error will be indicated on the display.
To delete all indicated errors from the display (1) at
once, press on the "ESC" button (11) at least two
seconds.
A list with the error messages can be found in
SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING; paragraph headed:
"Machine error messages".

49

2-41

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Engine error messages

The engine error codes are categorised as High or
Low priority.
A Low priority code (L) will cause the error to be
displayed for 10 seconds every 60 seconds for as
long the error persists. A short beep should
accompany each error display for maximum 5 times.
A High priority code (H) will cause the display (1) to
flash "STOP" alternating with the error code "FXXX"
or a specific message (HEAt, SHUn,...).
IMPORTANT: It is the operator's responsibility to
stop the engine immediately when this message
appear.
A list with the engine error messages can be found
in SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING; paragraph
headed: "Engine error messages".

50

2-42

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Shaft speed calibration
The determination of the maximum shaft speeds is
based on a measuring period.
This period starts when:
o

after ignition key, the engine runs for the first time
at full throttle with the threshing mechanism
engaged.
or

o

each time the engine runs at full throttle with the
threshing mechanism engaged and pressing the
"ENTER" button for minimum one second on the
monitor.

NOTE: In case the operator increase the cleaning
fan speed or the drum speed during harvesting, and
a manual calibration is not done afterwards, then an
automatic calibration will be start as soon the engine
is at high idle.

2-43

SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION
Shaft speed alarm indications
A first warning buzzer alarm of 3 seconds (low level)
+ solid alarm led will be generated when the speed
drops under 85%.
A last warning buzzer alarm of 8 seconds (high level)
+ flashing alarm led will be generated when the
speeds drops under 70%.
IMPORTANT: If a warning light starts glowing during
operation and the buzzer alarm is working, the rpm
of the corresponding shaft is no longer correct (i.e.
slow-down of speed due to belt slippage, broken belt,
etc.) In this case stop the machine immediately and
investigate the cause of the problem.
Shaft speed sensor failure
If immediately after a shaft speed drop calibration
one or more leds are glowing means no speed
detection (sensor distance too big).
If there is a problem with a shaft speed sensor,
an error will be viewed on the display. A list of errors
with an explanation can be checked.
Refer to "SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING";
paragraph headed: "ERROR MESSAGES".
Automatic shut-off
o

In case of mechanical control:
the engine will automatically shut-off when:
leaving the operator's seat after first a warning
via buzzer + led.
or
bringing the rear ladder down

o

In case of remote control:
the header will be disengaged after 7 seconds
when:
leaving the operator's seat.
or
the threshing will be disengaged when:
bringing the rear ladder down

2-44

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

BEFORE DRIVING THE COMBINE
1. Read this Operator's Manual carefully; especially the paragraphs headed "safety precautions"
and "starting the engine".
2. Check all chain and belt tensions. Refer to "SECTION 4 - "LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE".
3. Check all the pressures daily. Keep the tyres inflated to the pressures given in
"SECTION 8 - "SPECIFICATIONS".
4. Check the wheel nuts torque daily during the first
week of operation and thereafter on a weekly
basis.
5. Check the engine oil and coolant level (ensure
the machine is standing on level ground). Refer
to "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE".
6. Check the hydraulic and hydrostatic oil
[if applicable] reservoir level with all hydraulic cylinders retracted and the header lowered to the
ground (machine standing on level ground). Add
oil if necessary. Refer to "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE".
7. Lubricate the combine completely as described
in "SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE".

8. Sit down on the operator's seat and adjust it according to your weight and size.
9. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position.
Adjust the rear-view mirrors, if necessary.
10. Raise the ladder of the operator's platform when
driving on public roads.
11. Raise the ladder of the engine compartment.
12. Ensure the unloading tube is in the closed position.
13. Start the engine. Refer to the next paragraph
headed "Starting the engine".
14. Disengage the parking brake.
15. Move the engine throttle to maximum speed
position.
16. Raise the straw elevator to its highest position.
IMPORTANT: To prevent the hydraulic oil from overheating, do not hold the header height control switch
in the operating position longer than is necessary.
The same applies to the hydraulic controls for the
reel height, and the reel fore and after adjustment.

3-1

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STARTING THE ENGINE
Ensure you are thoroughly familiar with the
instruments and controls before starting the engine
for the first time.
To start the engine safely, follow the points as
outlined below.

CAUTION

Before starting the engine, ensure there is enough
ventilation and everyone is standing clear of the
combine.

Daily start-up procedure
Proceed as follows:

9. Before starting the engine, warn bystanders by
sounding the horn several times.

1. Carry out the routine engine service, i.e. check
coolant, oil and fuel tank levels (refer to
"SECTION
4
-
LUBRICATION
AND
MAINTENANCE").
Ensure the battery key is in the "ON" position.

10. Turn the ignition key clockwise to engage the
starter motor (If the engine fails to start after 30
seconds, release the ignition key for about one
minute before re-engaging the starter motor).

2. Ensure that the header, threshing and unloading
mechanism are disengaged.

11. As soon as the engine starts, release the starter
button.

3. Ensure that the unloading tube swing tumbler
switch is in neutral position.

12. Release the clutch pedal on mechanical drive
units.

4. Make sure the Multifunction handle is in neutral
position.

IMPORTANT: Allow the engine to run for minimum
one minute at low idle before moving off, to ensure
adequate lubrication of the turbocharger bearings
and the hydrostatic pump. This is especially
recommended in case of a cold start of the machine.

5. On units with mechanical drive, depress the
clutch pedal fully.
6. Check that both brake pedals are coupled
together and that the parking brake is engaged.
7. Ensure that the gearshift control lever is in the
neutral position.
8. Insert the ignition key into the ignition-and-stop
switch and turn the ignition key in the "contact"
position.
NOTE: The audible signal will sound
(indicating parking brake engaged).

3-2

IMPORTANT: If the audible alarm does not cease
functioning when the parking brake is disengaged, or
if the warning lights for the engine oil pressure or
hydrostatic charge pressure do not extinguish after
the first few seconds of idling, stop the engine
immediately and contact your dealer for assistance.

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STOPPING THE ENGINE
3. Remove the key from the ignition-and-stop
switch.

Proceed as follows:
1. Move the engine throttle to its minimum position
and let the engine run at idling speed for one
minute.

4. Engage the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition key counter-clockwise to stop
the engine.

DRIVING THE COMBINE
Familiarise yourself with the different steering and
driving characteristics.

CAUTION

The combine rear end swings out when changing
direction. Take care when taking turns.

WARNING

To prevent runaway of the combine (i.e. when the
ground speed increases during downhill driving and
it is impossible to reduce the speed with the ground
speed control lever), it is necessary to shift into a
lower gear appropriate to the steepness of the hill.

Recommended gear use:
o

For field operation, use first or second gear,
depending upon the circumstances.

o

For manoeuvring in confined spaces, use
first gear.

o

For road transport, use third or fourth gear.

CAUTION

Never drive on public roads with any of the
mechanisms engaged.
NOTE: When reversing the combine, an audible
alarm will automatically warn bystanders.

MECHANICAL DRIVE UNITS

HYDROSTATIC DRIVE UNITS

Proceed as follows:
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal and move the
gearshift lever into the desired gear.
2. Release the parking brake.
3. Release slowly the clutch pedal.
4. To increase speed, push the ground speed
control lever forward.
To decrease speed, pull the ground speed
control lever backwards.
NOTE: The action of depressing the clutch pedal
automatically returns the ground speed variator to
minimum.
5. Stop the machine completely before changing
the gear.

Proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that the ground speed control lever is in
neutral position.
2. Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear.
3. Move the ground speed control lever forward
from the neutral position to advance, or from the
neutral position rearwards to reverse.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to the traction
gearbox it is recommended to drive the combine
slowly during the first minutes after a cold start of the
machine.

3-3

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
COMBINE FUNCTIONS

30710

1
The combine operates according to five basic functions:
1.

Feeding

4.

Cleaning

2.

Threshing

5.

Grain storage and unloading

3.

Separation

3-4

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
1. FEEDING
The reel 1 (on the grain header) or the gathering
chains 1 (on the maize header) feeds the crop/cobs
into the header 2 towards the auger 3. The auger 3
feeds the crop towards the middle of the header,
where it is taken by the straw elevator 4. The crop is
then carried up the straw elevator where it is fed over
the stone trap 5 into the drum 6 and concave area 7.
At this point the feeding is complete and the
threshing starts.
The stone trap 5 is designed to trap stones and other
foreign objects which may cause damage to internal
parts of the combine.

52040

2

3-5

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
2. THRESHING

4. CLEANING

As the drum 6 rotates, it rubs the crop against the
concave bars 7. This rubbing action threshes the
grain from the straw (approximately 90% of the
grain).

The grain and the chaff are moved to the front of the
upper sieve 15 where a initial cleaning takes place.

o

Clean grain falls onto the grain pan 8.

o

Straw (and remaining grain) are guided to the
beater 9.

o

De-awning slats (accessory) can be installed on
the front part of the concave to improve the
threshing efficiency (especially important in wheat)
and to avoid white caps.

o

De-awning plates (two or four) can be installed
underneath the concave to increase the rubbing
action when threshing winter barley or difficult to
thresh crops.

3. SEPARATION
If a rotary separator is installed:
The beater 9 strips the straw from the drum 6 and
guides it into the rotary separator 10 and concave 11,
which further separates the grain from the straw.
The straw retarding curtain 12 prevents the beater 9
or the rotary separator 10 from throwing the straw too
far onto the straw walkers 13.
The straw walkers 13 oscillate, lift and tumble the
straw, permitting the remaining grain to fall through
the walkers and slide down the walkers return pans
14 onto the rear of the grain pan 8.
The straw is carried over the walkers and out of the
back of the combine and is in laid in a swath or
chopped by the straw chopper 30 (if installed).

3-6

The cleaning fan 16 blows the chaff over the upper
sieve and extension 17 out of the machine, while the
grain, unthreshed heads and small quantities of chaff
fall onto the lower sieve 18.
The lower sieve 18 finally cleans the grain. Grain that
passes through the lower sieve is carried over the
grain plate 19 to the clean grain cross auger 20.
Unthreshed heads which do not fall through the lower
sieve are transported by the returns cross auger 21
and returns elevator 22 to the drum for rethreshing.

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

30709

3
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

Reel
Header
Auger
Straw elevator
Stone trap
Drum
Concave
Grain pan
Beater
Rotary separator (if installed)
Rotary separator concave (if installed)
Retarding curtain
Straw walkers
Straw walker returns pan
Upper sieve
Cleaning fan

17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

Upper sieve extension
Lower sieve
Grain plate
Clean grain cross auger
Returns cross auger
Returns elevator
Grain pan divider (model with self-levelling cleaning
system) see figure 6
Sieve section (model with self-levelling cleaning
system) see figure 6
Grain tank
Grain elevator
Grain tank fill auger
Grain tank unloading auger
Unloading tube auger
Straw chopper

3-7

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
o

With rotary separator

30709

4
o

Without rotary separator

30708

5
3-8

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Self-levelling cleaning system (if installed)

23

The combine can be equipped with a self-levelling
cleaning system [option] which increases the
capacity of the cleaning shoe considerably when
operating in hilly conditions.
The system functions as follows:
The grain pan dividers 23 pivot to direct the grain flow
to the uphill side of the cleaning sieves, whereas the
sieve section 24 stay horizontal position, to maintain
full capacity on slopes up to 23%.

24

55593

6
5. GRAIN STORAGE AND UNLOADING
The clean grain is channelled into the grain tank 25
by the clean grain cross auger 20, the grain elevator
26 and by the grain tank fill auger 27.
The grain tank is emptied by the grain tank unloading
auger 28 and the unloading tube auger 29.

3-9

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

SUMMARY OF THE MACHINE SETTINGS FOR DIFFERENT CROPS

OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT

CONCAVE RPM

WHEAT

-

700 - 1000 rpm

Position 2
10 x 10 mm

SUMMER BARLEY

-

800 - 1000 rpm

Position 1 or 2
10 x 10 mm

WINTER BARLEY

De-awning plates

800 - 1000 rpm

Position 1 or 2
10 x 10 mm

CROP TYPE

RYE

-

TRITICALE

-

OATS

-

o
RICE
o

Peg tooth drum and concave
Tracks

CONCAVE
POSITION

1000 rpm

Position 2 or 3
10 x 10 mm

700 - 1000 rpm

Position 2 or 3
10 x 10 mm

800 rpm

Position 2
10 x 10 mm

650 - 700 rpm

Position 4
20 x 25 mm

MAIZE

Maize concave

400 - 500 rpm

Position 7
25 x 30 mm

FLAX

-

800 - 1000 rpm

Position 1 or 2

3-10

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

STRAW-
RETAINING
CURTAIN
(if no rotary
separator)

STRAW WALKER

FAN SPEED

SIEVE
OPENINGS

STRAW CHOPPER
(if installed)

Upper

Lower

Speed

Counterknives
(position)

Rear (front
position in light
straw crops)

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

700 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

700 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear (front
position in light
straw crops)

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

700 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

700 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

700 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

When extremely dry,
install vertical cover
plates

550 - 700 rpm (lever
position: 7 - 9.5)

8 - 10 mm

4 - 5 mm

high

inside

Rear

-

650 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9 - 12)

8 - 12 mm

4 - 6 mm

high

inside

Front or rear

-

800 rpm max. (lever
position: 9.5 - 15)

HC 1-5/8''
12 - 15 mm

Round-hole
sieve 10 or
16 and/or
18 mm

low

outside

Rear

-

500 - 550 rpm (lever
position: 6 - 7)

4 - 5 mm

2 - 3 mm

high

inside

3-11

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

CONCAVE
POSITION

OPTIONAL
EQUIPMENT

DRUM RPM

-

600 - 650 rpm

Position from 3 to 5

GRASS SEED

Grass seed equipment
Cover fan entrance

700 - 900 rpm

Position 1

BEANS/PEAS

Perforated auger and
elevator covers

450 - 500 rpm

Between position 4 and 6

450 - 500 rpm

Position from 4 to 5

CROP TYPE

RAPE SEED

SOYA BEANS

- Maize concave
- Perforated auger and
elevator covers

SUNFLOWER

-

450 - 550 rpm

Position from 4 to 6

SORGHUM

-

450 - 600 rpm

Position 2
10 x 10 mm

SAFFLOWER

-

450 - 600 rpm

Position from 4 to 6

MUSTARD

-

500 - 600 rpm

Position from 3 to 5

BUCKWHEAT

-

500 - 600 rpm

Position 2
10 x 10 mm

3-12

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

STRAW-
RETAINING
CURTAIN
(if no rotary
separator)

STRAW WALKER

FAN
RPM

SIEVE OPENINGS

STRAW CHOPPER
(if installed)

Upper

Lower

Speed

Counter
knives
(position)

8 - 10 mm

Round-hole
sieves 2, 3 mm
or 3.5 mm

high

outside

6 mm (1/4,)

high

inside

Round-hole
sieves 6, 8 mm
or 16 and/or 18
mm

high

outside

Round-hole
sieves 6 - 8 mm
or 16 and/or 18
mm

high

inside

Rear

-

450-500 rpm (lever
position: 5 - 6)

Rear

-

Minimum

-

750 - 900 rpm (lever
position: 10.5 - 14)

Rear

-

700 - 900 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 10.5)

10 - 15
mm with
extension

Rear

-

600 - 650 rpm (lever
position: 8 - 9)

10 - 12
mm

6 - 8 mm

low

outside

Rear

-

700 - 850 rpm (lever
position: 9.5 - 13)

8 - 12 mm

5 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

Install the vertical
cover plates

650 - 800 rpm (lever
position: 9 - 12)

10 - 12
mm

5 - 6 mm

high

inside

Rear

-

500 - 600 rpm (lever
position: 6 - 8)

8 mm

5 mm

high

inside

Rear

-

500 - 600 rpm (lever
position: 6 - 8)

8 - 12
mm

8 mm

high

inside

Rear

10 - 12
mm
3/8" - 1/2"

10 - 15
mm with
extension

3-13

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
TO CHANGE FROM GRAIN TO MAIZE, THE FOLLOWING MODIFICATIONS NEED TO BE
DONE.
ACTION

SECTION

PAGE

1. Adjust the straw elevator bottom shaft.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-36

2. Install third straw elevator lift cylinder.

ACCESSORIES

7-2

3. Change grain concave to maize concave.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-43

4. Block the drum concave.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-55

5. Install the grain elevator high speed kit.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

7-8

6. Remove the anti-dust plate and the anti-wrap shields.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-50

7. Install drum cover plates to reduce grain crackage.

ACCESSORIES

7-5

8. Low speed of the rotary separator (if installed).

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-59

9. Adjust the straw retarding curtain in the front position.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-60

10. Remove the chaff spreader completely (if installed).

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-87

11. Install lower round hole sieve 16 or 18 mm.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-62

12. Install upper sieve for maize (HC 1-5/8").

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-65

ACCESSORIES

7-7

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-59

ACCESSORIES

7-14

SPECIFICATIONS

7-18

17. If a chopper is installed, modificate the chopper to
maize configuration.

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-82

18. Install additional light kit if required (flip-up headers).

ACCESSORIES

19. Change the setting of the combine performance
monitor (sieves and straw walkers) (if installed).

CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND
OPERATION

2-26

20. Change hectare counter settings.

CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND
OPERATION

2-35

13. Install fan bottom shield.
14. Install wear plates on the rotary separator.
(if installed)
15. Install the rotary dust screen brush (wet conditions).
16. Install counterweights as required.

3-14

-

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

COMBINE PERFORMANCE CHECK
Kill stall
The only way to accurately check the performance of
the combine is to complete a "kill-stall".

12. With all previous factors considered, readjust the
combine.

1. Operate the combine in a section of the field that
best represents the overall crop. Be sure the
combine is at least 100 m (328 ft) into the crop
and travelling at the normal operating ground
speed.

NOTE: Make only one adjustment at a time so that
any change in combine performance can be
attributed to that particular adjustment.

2. Press on the "ESC" button for minimum four
seconds to get an engine quick "kill-stall". Apply
the brakes gently and allow the complete
combine to stop. This will leave crop material as
it was during actual harvesting.

There are four indicators, which will tell you how well
the combine is performing. These four indicators are:
o

Grain tank sample

3. Disengage the threshing
engagement system.

header

o

Distribution of material on the grain pan and
upper sieve

o

If hydrostatic drive: Move the multi function
handle to neutral.

o

Type and amount of returns
Losses

If mechanical drive: Press down on the clutch
pedal and move the gearshift lever into
neutral.

o

o

and

4. Move the throttle control to the lowest position
and restart the engine immediately. This
prevents the engine from overheating and from
being damaged. Run the engine on low idle for
five minutes before stopping the engine.
5. Check the grain tank sample for complete
threshing, cleanliness and damage.
6. Walk out in the front of the header and check the
crop loss before the header has contacted the
crop (preharvest loss).
7. Check the crop loss in an area where only the
header has travelled (header loss).
8. Check the distribution of material on the grain
pan.
9. Check the type, amount and distribution of
material on the sieves.
10. Check the type and amount of returns.

Performance indicators

By correctly reading these indicators and being
familiar with the combine, you can make the
necessary adjustments to correct any problem and
improve the overall combine performance.
Grain tank sample
A large amount of trash in the grain tank indicates the
crop is being overthreshed and/or the cleaning fan
speed is too slow. The first step to correct this
problem is to increase the concave clearance and/ or
reduce the drum speed. This reduces or eliminates
the material break-up caused by overthreshing.
Then increase the cleaning fan speed if the trash is
heavier than the grain or close the upper sieve if the
trash is larger than the grain.
Cracked or damaged grain is mainly caused by too
high drum speed. Increase the concave clearance
and then reduce the drum speed to correct the
problem.
Bunch feeding can cause grain damage in the straw
elevator. An incorrect straw elevator chain tension
can also cause grain damage.

11. Check the total loss in a 60 cm (23-5/8") wide
area across the width of the straw walkers.
Subtract preharvest and header losses to
determine the machine loss. Use a drop screen
to check the machine loss directly.
3-15

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Excessive returns will contribute to grain damage
due the additional pass(es) the grain must take
through the drum/concave area. Plugged concave
can cause grain damage because the free grain
cannot get out of the concave area.
Loose elevator chains can also cause grain damage.
It is important to maintain the proper tension on these
chains.
Unthreshed material in the grain tank can be caused
by underthreshing or the lower sieve that is opened
too wide. Increase the drum speed and reduce the
concave clearance as needed to correct the
problem. Reduce also the lower sieve opening
slightly to obtain a cleaner grain tank sample.
Grain pan/upper sieve distribution
The distribution of material on the grain pan affects
the distribution of material on the sieve. The
distribution on the grain pan should be level.
The front third of the upper sieve should be
completely clean. The middle third should have
some grain but mostly residue. The rear third of the
upper sieve should have only residue.
If there is some grain on the rear third of the upper
sieve, returns will be increased and there is a
possibility that grain will ride out the back of the
combine. Open the upper sieve to allow more of the
grain to fall onto the lower sieve.
If the material on the upper sieve is broken into small
pieces, the crop is being overthreshed. This can plug
the upper sieve and cause high losses. Increase the
concave clearance and/ or reduce drum speed to
decrease the threshing action.
Unthreshed heads indicate the drum speed should
be increased and/ or the concave clearance should
be reduced. Unthreshed heads can also be caused
by worn rasp bars and worn concaves.

Return sample
It is normal for the return sample to contain a few
unthreshed heads. The purpose of the returns
system is to return unthreshed heads to the
threshing area for another pass. However, a large
quantity of unthreshed heads indicates the concave
clearance is too wide.
If the return sample contains a large quantity of clean
grain, the cleaning fan speed should be reduced and/
or the lower sieve should be opened more.
Losses
Losses may occur at different stages: (see fig. 7)
1. Pre-combining losses: (i.e. losses found in
front of the combine) are usually caused by
adverse weather conditions, poor crop
conditions and crop maturity.
2. Header losses: (i.e. losses found behind the
header and outside of the tyres) may be caused
by improper header adjustments.
3. Leakage losses: may be caused by damaged
seals or holes in bottom auger covers.
4. Cleaning shoe losses: may be caused by a
poor sieve adjustment, a low or too high cleaning
fan speed, or when working on slopes
(exceeding the capacity of the self levelling
system (if fitted).
5. Straw walker losses: These can be unthreshed
ears (underthreshing) or grains, due to poor
adjustment of drum and concave or excessive
ground speed.

Total losses (Lt) caused by the machine:
Lt = (2 + 3) + (4 + 5) - 1

Functional losses (Lf)
Lf = 4 + 5

3-16

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

7
The area of loss is determined by the location of the
grain in relation to the combine. Each of these areas
must be checked to accurately determine which
combine adjustments (if any) can be made to reduce
the loss.
Grain on the ground in front of the combine head is
defined as preharvest loss and is usually caused by
the weather. Determine the amount of this loss
before taking the combine into the field.
Grain found behind the head, but to the outside of the
drive tyres, is considered loss from the head. These
losses can be caused by improper head adjustments
or improper combine ground speed.

Shoe losses can be caused by a build-up of material
on the top sieve which allows the grain to ride out the
back of the combine. This can be due to the sieve
opening being closed or opened too much, the rear
of the sieve raised too high (sieve angle too
extreme), by a too low cleaning fan speed or a sieve
overload by too aggressive threshing in brittle crops.
Losses can also be caused by a cleaning fan speed
that is too high. The grain is then blown out of the
back of the combine.
An uneven loading of material on the top sieve can
also cause losses.

Grain on the ground directly behind the combine and
the width of the shoe is caused by incorrect combine
adjustment(s), too high a ground speed, or leakage.
Holes in the auger bottoms and damaged seals can
result in large losses which are often mistaken for
shoe and straw walker losses.

3-17

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
How to obtain an idea on loss level
Example:
A 6-straw walker combine with a 17 ft (5.10 m)
grain header operating in wheat.
Average yield: 5000 kg/ha.

8
o

Surface P= surface being harvested:
1 meter multiplied by X (header width) = 5.10 m2.

o

Surface Q = surface of the material being cut in
surface P, behind the machine (i.e. swath):
1 meter multiplied by Y.
(drum width, i.e. 1.5 meter) = 1.5 m2.

o

Consider a loss level of 1% = 50 kg/ha or
5 grams/m2 crop.
Surface Q will then contain the functional losses
(i.e. cleaning shoe, straw walker, fan) of surface
P (5.1 m2), being 5x 5.1 = 25.5 grams.

o

Considering the average weight of wheat being
23000 grains/kg, this means: 586 grains in
surface Q. (1% loss level!)

o

An average human hand with spread fingers
covers a surface of approximately 0.03 m2. This
means that, if the grain loss is evenly spread, 18
grains can be found underneath the hand,
representing 1% grain loss for a 5000 kg/ha yield.

3-18

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
HEADER
Attaching the header to the combine
Proceed as follows:
8

1. Make sure that the top of the straw elevator
where the header is attached is clean.

1
7

2. Position the combine to align the straw elevator
with the header aperture.
3. Lower the straw elevator until the hooks 1 just
clear the upper side of the header opening.

42685C

4. Drive the combine until the straw elevator rests
on the header. Then, lift the straw elevator
together with the header.
5. Attach the quick-attach lever 2 so that the hooks
are in full contact with the pins 3. If not, pins 3
must be adjusted in the slot.
6. Adjust the lever 2 with the bolts 4 so that a certain
resistance is felt when engaging the latch 5 over
the lever 2.
7. Connect the header drive coupling 6. Use the
special tool 10, fitted to the left-hand side of the
straw elevator to bring the splines of the straw
elevator drive shaft in line with the splines of the
header p.t.o. shaft.

9

5
3
4

2

6
42682

10

8. Close the cover to protect the header drive
coupling.

10

55032

11

3-19

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
9. Connect the electrical plug to socket 7.
10. Only for grain headers:
8

Connect the hydraulic hoses to the relevant
hydraulic connections 8 of the header.
o

Reel height adjustment: central coupling.

o

7

Reel forward and after adjustment: coupling
marked with black and white rings.
42685C

Fit the blanking plugs into each other.

12
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by
properly fitting the blanking plugs into the hydraulic
couplers or into each other during operation.
In case of quick-coupling:
1. Connect the electrical plug 1 to the socket.

1

2. Open the cover 2.

2

3. Bring the hydraulic block to (4) and turn down the
handle 5 until the lock 6 jumps into its security
groove.

3

4. Connect the drive shaft 8 in position and check
that the safety chain is connected.

6
5

4
8

03056

13

3-20

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Detaching the header from the combine
To detach the grain header, proceed as follows:
1. Set the reel in its lowest and rearmost position.
2. Disconnect the following parts:
o Header drive shaft (1)
o Electrical connector (6)

6
2

3
9

4

5

1

03056

14
- In case of screw couplers:
Disconnect the hydraulic hoses from the header.
Fit the blanking plugs in the header hydraulic
connections and in the hoses. Attach the
hydraulic hoses onto the support plate (12).
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by
properly fitting the blanking plugs into the hydraulic
couplers or into each other during operation.

12

15
- In case of quick-coupling: press on the latch (9)
and turning over the handle (5).(fig. 14)
Remove the quick-coupling (3) and close the
cover (2). (fig. 14)
3. Hook the electrical connector (6) and the
quick-release coupler (7) onto support plate (8).

16
4. Open the latch 5 to release the lever 1.
5. Position the header on level ground or on the
trailer.
6. At low engine rpm, lower the straw elevator to
release it from the header.
Then, move the combine slowly rearwards.
Refer to the Operator's Manual of the header
attached to your combine.

17
3-21

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Header levelling
16

The header can be adjusted to ensure that it is
parallel with the front axle by raising or lowering the
right suspension 13.
Before adjustment operations, the following points
must be checked:
o

The combine must be on a level surface.

o

Both drive wheels must be inflated at the same
pressure.

o

The header must be properly connected to the
straw elevator.

o

The header finger hoods must be mutually
aligned.

14

Measure the distance between the finger guard tips
and the ground at either end of the cutterbar. If there
is a variation, adjust the distance by loosening the
bolts 14 and adjust with the bolt 16.

3-22

14

13
42045C

18

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Header and straw elevator reversing system
The combine is equipped with a system to reverse
the header auger (or the gathering chains, in case of
a maize header), the auger and the straw elevator
should a blockage occur.
If, during operation, a feed auger and/or a straw
elevator blockage occurs which makes the slip
clutch(es) slip, proceed as follows:

19
1. Stop the forward travel of the combine
immediately and disengage the header drive by
pressing on the top of the orange cap (3) or by
using the header engaging lever (6).
2. Reverse the combine a few metres.
3. Let the engine run at maximum speed.

20
4. Press on the header and straw elevator reverser
button (8) to reverse the rotation of the header
and straw elevator.
5. When the blockage has been expelled, engage
the header with the header engagement
switch (3) or by using the header engaging lever
(6).

21
IMPORTANT: It is not possible to remove all
blockages using the reversing system. If necessary,
remove the blockage manually. Refer to the next
paragraph "header and/or straw elevator
blockage-manual clearing".
NOTE: If the blockage can not be removed by the
reversing system, stop the engine before attempting
to unplug manually.
6. Continue operation.

3-23

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Manual clearing of the header and straw
elevator blockage

CAUTION
If the blockage cannot be removed by means of the
reversing system, disengage all engagement
systems, stop the engine, remove the ignition key
and wait until all moving parts have completely
stopped.
If the blockage is situated at the upper shaft of the
straw elevator, gain access through the cover on the
top side of the straw elevator or detach the header
with the straw elevator from the combine (refer to the
paragraph headed "Straw elevator removal", further
in this section).
If the blockage is situated at the straw elevator lower
shaft, it will be necessary to detach the header. Refer
to "SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION",
paragraph headed "Detaching the header from the
combine".
Stubble height indicator (if applicable)
The crop cutting height can be read out on the
stubble height indicator 6 which is located on the
operator's platform.
If adjustment is necessary, proceed as follows:
1. Park the combine on a level ground.
2. Lower the header onto the ground.
3. Adjust the straw elevator cable so that the
indicator pointer 7 indicates the mark 6.

7

6

42083

22
Header compensation gauge
A gauge (8) is incorporated in the hydraulic header
lift system. When set correctly, the gauge informs the
operator whether the combine is being operated with
the header skid shoes running on or off the ground.
To set the gauge correctly, raise the header until the
skid shoes are just off the ground. Then, turn the
screw (10) until the gauge needle is centred in the
middle of the green indicator segment (9).
During field operation, the combine should then be
operated with the needle remaining in the green zone
(i.e. with the header skid shoes just of the ground).
If the needle goes into the white area, raise or lower
the header slightly.

3-24

23

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL
Perform the header height control calibration when
changing the header (refer to paragraph "Header
height calibrations") and the monitor calibration
(item 7).
IMPORTANT: To enter an automatic header height
control mode (compensation, Autofloatt or stubble
height), proceed as follows:
1. Engage the threshing mechanism
2. Select a mode
3. Give a pulse on the resume button (2).

24

The green autodiagnostic indicator (3) illuminates if the header is working in an automatic
header height control mode with the pre-selected stubble height (Autofloatt and stubble
height) or pre-selected pressure (compensation).
To switch from one automatic mode to
another, select the required operation mode
with the selector switch (1) and give a pulse on
the resume button (2) to enter the selected
mode.
Manually operating header height control
switch (5) always has priority of the selected
automatic height control mode (compensation, Autofloatt or stubble height) and will
also disengage this automatic mode. Re-enter
the automatic mode by giving a pulse on the
resume button (2).

25

3-25

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
OPERATION MODES
With the header control selector switch, four different
operation modes are possible:

26
1. Transport operation = Manual
2. Compensation operation
3. Stubble height operation
4. Autofloatt or
Controlfloatt operation

Automatic
= header height
controls

IMPORTANT: Before entering an automatic header
height control mode (compensation mode, stubble
height, Autofloatt or Controlfloatt), do first the
calibrations.
Refer to headed: "HEADER HEIGHT CONTROLS
CALIBRATIONS" in this paragraph.
Transport operation
ALWAYS use this mode for road transport, attaching
and detaching the header.
This mode is automatically selected when:
o

Straw elevator is not engaged.

o

Road mode is selected.

o

Push on the header height rocker switch (5).

To use this mode, proceed as follows:
Turn the selector switch (1) in transport position and
raise the header by pressing on the upper part of the
header height control and header flotation (if
applicable) rocker switch (5).
Lower the header by pressing on the lower part of the
rocker switch (5).
Tilt down the left-hand side of the header by pressing
on the left part of the rocker switch (5).
Tilt down the right-hand side of the header by
pressing on the right part of the rocker switch (5).

3-26

27

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Compensation operation
Use this mode when harvesting peas and/or laid
crops. In this operation mode, the header slides over
the ground with a pre-selected pressure.
In this mode, it is also possible to obtain an automatic lateral flotation if Autofloatt position sensors are fitted. The sensors should be connected to
the combine and the outer header skids should be in
pivoting position (i.e. hanging loose).
Turn the selector switch (1) as shown in fig. 28.
Give a pulse on the resume button (2). The header
lowers automatically at the pre-selected pressure
when the threshing mechanism is engaged.
After pressing the resume button (2), the green
autodiagnostic indicator (3) starts blinking and
remain so to show the compensation operation is
engaged.

28
While harvesting, it is possible to change the pre-selected pressure by means of the header compensation knob (6).
Turn the knob (6) counter-clockwise (+) to increase
the header pressure onto the soil.
Turn the knob (6) clockwise (-) to reduce the header
pressure onto the soil.
Operating the header height control rocker switch (5)
(vertical) disengages, the compensation system into
the transport mode [priority]. The green autodiagnostic indicator (3) will extinguish.
A pulse on the resume button (2) will bring the header
back to the compensation operation mode.
When setting compensation, it can maximum be set
at 108% of the header weight, which means that the
header will start to raise.
When setting, this height, the header will not always
follow the ground contour when passing an obstacle.
In this case, it has to be set slightly heavier.

29

3-27

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Autofloatt or Controlfloatt operation
[if sensors are fitted]
The header will follow the field contour at a pre-selected stubble height. Use this mode when a short
stubble is required.
The automatic compensation is built in when
touching the ground. Once the header clears the
ground, it automatically returns to the pre-set stubble
height.
Turn the selector switch (1) as shown. Give a pulse
on the resume button (2) and the header will automatically lower to the pre-selected stubble height
when the threshing mechanism is engaged.
The green autodiagnostic indicator warning light (3)
illuminates to show that the header is operating at the
pre-selected stubble height.
The pre-selected stubble height can be adjusted
while harvesting by means of the header stubble
height control knob (7).
Turn the knob (7) clockwise (+) to increase the preselected stubble height.
Turn the knob (7) counterclockwise (-) to reduce the
pre-selected stubble height.

30

Operating the header height control rocker switch (5)
vertically or sideways (lateral float) disengages the
Autofloatt or Controlfloatt system completely into
the transport mode. The green autodiagnostic indicator (3) extinguishes.
To return to the pre-selected stubble height and inclination, give a pulse on the resume button (2).

31

3-28

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Stubble height operation
The header operates at a pre-selected stubble
height. Use this mode when harvesting standing
crops or when operating in stony conditions and at a
higher stubble height.
In this mode the Autofloatt sensors [if installed] are
disengaged and the header can only be tilted manually by the rocker switch (5).
An automatic compensation is built in when touching the ground. After the header clears the ground, it
automatically returns to the pre-set stubble height.
Turn the selector switch (1) as shown in fig. 32.
Give a pulse on the resume button (2) and the header
will automatically lower at to the pre-selected stubble
height when the threshing mechanism is engaged.
The green autodiagnostic indicator warning light (3)
illuminates to show that the header is operating at the
pre-selected stubble height.
The pre-selected stubble height can be adjusted during harvesting by means of the header stubble height
control knob (7).
Turn the knob (7) clockwise (+) to increase the preselected stubble height.
Turn the knob (7) counter-clockwise (-) to reduce the
pre-selected stubble height.

32

Operating the header height control rocker switch (5)
vertically lowers or lifts the header into the transport
mode [priority] . The green autodiagnostic indicator
(3) extinguishes. To reenter the stubble height mode,
give a pulse on the resume button (2).

33

3-29

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Mode summary
HEADERS

CONDITIONS

Compensation

Standing crops
Undersown conditions
Green undergrowth
Grain header

X

Contact with the ground
Badly laid crops,
Peas, beans, etc.

Stubble

X

(X)

Standing crops
Good conditions

X

Rice crop

3-30

X

Rape seeds (direct cut)
Maize header

Autofloatt or
Controlfloatt

X

All

X

X

X

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL CALIBRATION
Purpose
To obtain a correct functioning of the automatic
header height control modes (compensation /
stubble height / Autofloatt or Controlfloatt (if
installed), three calibrations has to be performed:
o

Ground level calibration

o

Maximum cylinder pressure calibration

o

Ground level calibration by the Autofloatt
sensors
(if the Autofloatt or Controlfloatt system is
installed)

Besides, it is necessary to perform the following
calibrations:
o

Before the first start-up

o

When the wheel or header dimensions are
changed

o

When a header lifting cylinder is added

o

When the system part replacement is required

To calibrate the automatic system, the appropriate
header has to be attached and the outer header skids
should be in pivoting system.
Perform two or three calibrations, one after the other.

3-31

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Ground level calibration
1. Start the engine.
2. Select the transport position with the selector
switch (1).
3. Lower and lift the header with the header height
control rocker switch (5) at least once.
4. Lower the header with the header height control
rocker switch (5) and make sure the header rests
flat onto the ground.
5. Press the header height control rockers switch
(5) (lower the header) and the resume button (2)
simultaneously.
Hold both switches until the green
autodiagnostic indicator (3) has blinked five
times.

34

35

3-32

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Maximum cylinder pressure calibration
1. Start the engine.
2. Select the transport position with the selector
switch (1).
NOTE: Step 1 and 2 need not be carried out if this
calibration is performed immediately after the ground
level calibration.

36
3. Lower and lift the header at least once with the
header height control rocker switch (5).
4. Lower the header just above the ground level (the
header must not touch the ground).
NOTE: Lowering the header must be the last
operation.

37
5. Press and hold the resume button (2) for 7 seconds, without touching other switches, until the
green indicator (3) has blinked eight times.

38

3-33

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Ground level calibration through the
Autofloatt sensors
NOTE: Make sure the Autofloatt sensors are
connected.
1. Make sure the header outer skid shoes are in
swinging position (i.e. hanging loose).
2. Start the engine.
3. Select the transport position with the selector
switch (1).

39
4. Lower and lift the header at least once with the
header height control rocker switch (5).
5. Lower the header with the header height control
rocker switch (5) and make sure the header rests
flat onto the ground. If not, adjust the inclination
with the rocker switch (5).
6. Check if the Autofloatt sensors are operating.
7. Press the resume button (2) and simultaneously
lift the header slowly (First speed level) with the
header height control rocker switch (5).
Keep both switches pressed (with header in
highest position) until the green autodiagnostic
indicator (3) has blinked ten times.
NOTE: If the item 7 is not successful, repeat it with
the switch (5) (pressing briefly = quick lifting and
lowering)

40

41

3-34

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Auto-diagnostics
The blinking sequence of the red autodiagnostics
control light (4) identifies an error message.
The blinking sequence always consists of two
periods separated by a short interval. Then, after a
longer interval the blinking sequence will repeat
again.
The first period indicates the first digit of the error
message, the second one indicates the second digit.
For example
Error message 23

short interval

42

long interval

2nd period = 2nd digit (3)
1st period = 1st digit (2)

Error message 23
52002

43
NOTE: A list with error messages is mentioned in
SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING: "Header height
control - Error messages"

3-35

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STRAW ELEVATOR
Straw elevator adjustment
The lower shaft 1 of the straw elevator is
spring-tensioned so that it can float according to the
amount of material being harvested.
The spring tension 2 must be adjusted according to
the crop being harvested.

1

2

55679

44
o

Models without lateral flotation
For all crops other than maize, both shaft sides
must be adjusted as follows:
1. The stops 4 must be positioned in the lowest
position.
Loosen the nuts 3 and the nut 7 and ease off
the bolt 6 until the minimum distance of 1 mm
between the plate 5 and the bolt 6 is
obtained.

1

2

2. Tighten the nuts 3 and 7.

55679

45

3. Adjust the spring length 2 by the nut 11 to a
length of 112 mm.
3
5

4

1

2
11

7

6
55681

46

3-36

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
o

Models with lateral flotation
For all crops other than maize, both shaft sides
must be adjusted as follows:
1. The stops 4 must be positioned in the lowest
position.
Loosen the nuts 3 and the nut 7 and ease off
the bolt 6 until the minimum distance of 1 mm
between the plate 5 and the bolt 6 is
obtained.

5

2

11
1

3
6
4

7

03056

2. Tighten the nuts 3 and 7.

47

3. Adjust the spring length 2 by the nut 11 to a
length of 112 mm.

1

2

03056

48
Adjustment for harvesting maize
(with or without lateral flotation)
1. Brings the stops 4 in the highest position.
2. Loosen the nuts 3 and the nut 7 and tighten
the bolt 6.
3. Move the stop 4 against the support 5 and
tighten the nut 3.
4. Loosen the screw 6 until the minimum
distance of 1 mm between the support 5 and
the bolt is obtained.
5. Tighten the nut 7.
6. Adjust the spring 2 with the nut 11 to a length
of 89 mm.

3-37

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Straw elevator
Removal

CAUTION

o
o
o
o
o

Be careful when doing this job as the straw
elevator weighs about 800 kg and the hydraulic
cylinders are heavy.
Ensure the battery key is in the "OFF" position.
Always keep the header attached to the straw
elevator.
Use suitable jack stands, securely positioned
underneath the straw elevator bottom, before
reversing the combine.
When the header is in high position, use always
the red mechanical security on the left cylinder.

Proceed as follows:
1. At the left side (PTO side), remove the protection
cover (2) by loosening the two quick release bolts
(1).
2. Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (3) from the
header.
3. If lateral flotation is installed, disconnect the
hoses (4).
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible oil contamination by
properly fitting the blanking plugs (5) into the
hydraulic quick couplers.

49

4. Lower the header onto the ground.
5. Support the straw elevator with suitable jack
stands.
6. Disconnect the power cable from the reverser
motor by loosening the nut (1) and the screw (2).
NOTE: The two cables are in the same loom.

50

3-38

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
7. Remove the power cable (3) from the straw
elevator by loosening the three bolts (1) and the
bolt (2).

51
8. Disconnect the earth connection cable (1) and
release the chain (2) from the straw elevator (3).

2

1
3

7030013

52
9. On both sides loosen the bolt (4), the key (5) and
bracket halves (6).
5

4

6

53
10. Remove the belt (2) from the pulley (1).

2

WARNING

Be sure that the belt (2) is over the pulley axle (3),
otherwise the straw elevator will be stuck when
reversing the combine.
3

1

55705
55704

54
3-39

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
11. On both sides remove the cotter pins (3) and
washer (2).
12. Remove the axle (4) towards the inside.

CAUTION
Use wooden blocks to prevent the fall of the cylinders
(1) when reversing the combine.

55
13. Reverse the combine approximately 1.5 m
backwards.
14. Now you have access to the drum.

56

3-40

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Installation
1. Move combine slowly forwards to install the
straw elevator, secure with the bracket halves
(6), the key (5) and the bolt (4).

5

4

6

57

WARNING

2

Be sure that the belt (2) is over the pulley axle (3)
when you move forwards.

3

1

55704
55705

58
2. On the left hand side, lift the hydraulic cylinder
(1), place the safety latch (3) and pass the axle
(4) with the bushes (2) as shown.
3. Install the washer and secure with a new cotter
pin.

59
4. On the right hand side, lift the hydraulic cylinder
(1) and pass the axle (4).
5. Install the washer (2) and secure with a new
cotter pin (3).

60
3-41

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
6. Attach the power cable (3) on the straw elevator
with the three bolt assemblies (1) and the bolt (2).

61
7. Connect the power cable to the reverser motor
with the nut (1) and the screw (2).

62
8. Connect the earth connection cable (1) and
attach the chain (2) on the straw elevator (3).

2

1
3

7030013

63
9. On the left side connect the hydraulic hoses (4)
(if lateral flotation is installed).
10. Install protection cover (2) with the two quick
release bolts (1).

64
3-42

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Drum concave
Removal
1. Remove the straw elevator, refer to
"Straw elevator - removal".
2. Remove the anti-dust plate (3).
3. Remove the bolts (1) to release the support (2).

65
4. Loosen the four bolt-plate assemblies (5) to
release the stone trap (6).

66
5. Loosen the bolts (7) to release the metal strip and
the rubber canvas (8).

67
6. On both sides, remove the two bolts (2) to
release the supports (1).

68
3-43

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
7. Insert two wooden blocks (1).
8. On both sides, loosen the bolt (3) to release the
front of the concave.

69
9. On both sides, remove the grain pan access
covers (18) by loosen the three wing nuts (21).

70
10. Loosen the nuts (1) to remove the rake (2) and
the plate (3).
(Access trough the straw walker opening).

71
11. On the inside, loosen the bolts (3) to release the
back of the concave (2).

72
3-44

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
12. On both sides, remove the nuts (4), front and
rear.

73
13. This detail of figure 73 gives you a better idea of
the mechanism.
The front (A) of the axle (3) passes through the
combine and than in the concave where it is secured in place with a bolt (3) and washers (see
fig. 68 and fig. 71).
The head (B) is used as a pivot and to secure the
treaded rod.

74
14. Adjust the concave in highest position by using
the lever on the steering platform.
15. On both sides, remove the axles (3)
(front and rear).
16. Roll the concave from under the drum.
17. Perform a visual check for defects or cracks.

75

3-45

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Installation

1. Insert wooden blocks (1).
Place the concave on the blocks.
2. Attach the concave on the drums with ropes.

76
3. Turn the drum with the drum socket wrench (2)
to lift the concave back in place.
4. The drum socket wrench (2) is located on the
right-hand side of the engine platform ladder.

2

55687

77
5. Turn the drum clockwise until you can pass the
axle (3) through the front holes.
6. Remove the ropes, access through grain pan
access covers (see fig. 70).

78

3-46

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
7. Pivot the concave (2) over the front axles until
you can pass the rear axles (3).

79
8. Pass all the treaded rods (1) through the axles (3)
and install the nuts (4).

80
9. Tighten the bolts (3) (front and rear).
10. Lift the concave by using the lever on the steering
platform and remove the wooden blocks (1).
11. Check the distance between concave and drum.
If necessary readjust with the nuts (2) and (4)
(fig. 80).

81
12. Install the rubber canvas (8) and the metal strip
with the bolts (7) on the support (2) (see fig. 84).

82
3-47

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
13. On both sides, install the two supports (1) and
tighten with the nuts (2).

83
14. Install the support (2) and tighten with the bolts
(1).
15. Install the anti-dust plate (3).

84
16. Install the stone trap (6) and tighten with the four
bolt-plate assemblies (5).

85
17. Install the rake (2) with the plate (3) and tighten
the nuts (1)
(access through the straw walker cover).
18. Install the grain pan access covers (fig. 70).
19. Install the straw elevator, refer to
"Straw elevator - installation".

86
3-48

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STONE TRAP
The stone trap must be cleaned out at least once a
day and more frequently in case of wet crop or stony
ground conditions.

CAUTION

Disengage the threshing mechanism, lift the straw
elevator to its maximum height, place the header
safety latch over the cylinder rod, stop the engine and
engage the parking brake.
To clean the stone trap, move the lever 10 upwards,
to open the cover 11 of the stone trap. After the
complete cleaning of the stone trap, move the lever
10 completely downwards to close the cover 11
again.

11

10
55682

87

10

55683

88
IMPORTANT: In case of rice harvesting, it is
necessary to remove the tube inside the stone trap
to fit the cover plate on the stone trap.

3-49

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
ANTI-DUST PLATE
In case of maize harvesting, the anti-dust plate 1 and
the anti-wrap shields 2 must be removed.

4

Proceed as follows:

8

1. Remove the straw elevator (refer to paragraph
headed "Straw elevator removal").

7

6

3

5
11

2

2. Remove the cover 3 by turning the three levers
4 a quarter of a turn.
3. Remove the four nuts 5, so that the plate 6, to
which the anti-dust plate 1 is fitted, can be taken
out.
4. Loosen the lock nut 7 and the nut 8 on both sides.
5. Remove the bolt 10 and the self-locking nut.
Make sure not to lose the springs inside the
bushings.
6. Remove the rod 11 (fig. 89) and the anti-dust
plate 1.
7. Reinstall the plate 6 and tighten fully the
openings on both sides.
8. Reinstall the cover 3 and the straw elevator.
To reinstall the anti-dust plate, proceed in reverse
order of the disassembly sequence and adjust nuts
8 until a clearance of 3 mm is obtained between the
plate and the drum rasp bars.

1

55684

89
5

8

7

7

8

5
10

6

55686

90

ACCESS TO THE GRAIN PAN
To gain access to the grain pan, proceed as follows:
1. Open the stone trap as described in the previous
paragraph and flip over the tube in the stone trap.
2. Loosen the five screws 13 until the square
washers 14 can be removed from the plate 16.
3. Lift slightly the plate 16 and move it forward as
much as possible.
4. To install the plate 16 proceed in reverse order.
5. Close the stone trap.
To gain access at the sides, refer to paragraph
"Access to the drum and to the concave", further in
this Section.
IMPORTANT: It is necessary to keep the grain pan
clean while harvesting maize.

3-50

13

16

14

55686

91

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
DRUM AND CONCAVE

ADJUSTMENT VALUES
The adjustment values of the drum rpm and of the
concave clearance depend on the following factors:
o Crop type to be harvested
o Crop maturity and variety
o Humidity content
o Volume of straw and grain
o Weed contamination
FUNDAMENTALS OF ADJUSTMENT
o
o

o
o

o

Maximum drum speed and minimum concave
clearance, give maximum threshing efficiency.
If the grain is damaged excessively, it is
necessary to reduce the drum speed. If straw is
damaged too much it is necessary to increase
concave clearance.
if straw is damaged too much it is necessary to
increase concave clearance.
If grain is not fully separated from the ears,
increase the drum speed and/or reduce the
concave clearance.
If plugging or wrapping occurs, increase the
drum speed.

DRUM SPEED
The drum speed is adjustable electrically from the
operator's platform and can be read on the display.
IMPORTANT: Actuate the drum speed adjustment
rocker switch only with the threshing mechanism
running.

3-51

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
ACCESS TO THE DRUM AND TO THE
CONCAVE

CAUTION

Before opening the guard, stop the engine, remove
the ignition key and engage the parking brake.
Access from the front

22

Turn the three levers 22 a quarter of a turn to take out
the front plate.

55702

92
Access from the left-hand side
Loosen the eccentric shaft idler 19 by turning the
lever 20.
Lower the idler 19 downwards.

20

19

42067

93
Remove the three wing nuts 21 to take out the cover
18.

18
21

19
42048

94

3-52

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Access from the right-hand side
To remove the cover 18 remove the three wing nuts
21.

95
DRUM BLOCKAGE
Should the drum become blocked, proceed as
follows:
1. Lower the concave completely and try to unblock
by engaging the threshing mechanism at engine
low idle.
2. If this is not enough, try to unblock the drum by
using the drum socket wrench 1.
The drum socket wrench 1 is located on the
right-hand side of the engine platform ladder.

1

55603

96
Install the drum socket wrench 1 onto the drum
sheave and turn counter-clockwise to unblock
the drum.
Remove the wad of material or stone through the
stone trap.

1

55687

97

CAUTION
Before unblock the drum, stop the engine, remove
the ignition key and engage the parking brake.

3-53

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
CONCAVE CLEARANCE
o Adjustment from the Operator's seat:
By means of the control lever
(refer to SECTION 2 - CONTROLS,
INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION).
o Mechanical adjustment: refer to paragraph
headed "Changing the clearance mechanical"
further in this section.
Basic settings
10
When the combine is shipped from the factory,
concave 3 is set parallel to the drum 4 as follows:
o CEREAL CONCAVE
The concave control lever in 2nd position
Front distance: 10 mm on the 2nd bar
Rear distance: 10 mm on the 13th bar

10

55688

98
o

MAIZE CONCAVE
The concave control lever in 7th position
Front distance: 25 mm on the 1st bar
Rear distance: 31 mm on the 8th bar
31

25

55689

99
RICE CONCAVE
The concave control lever in the 4th position
Front distance: 20 mm on the 1st bar
Rear distance: 25 mm on the 4th bar
These concave settings will be satisfactory for most
crops. However, if greater threshing action is needed,
the clearance at the rear can be reduced.
In excessive grain damage is experienced, increase
the concave clearance.
o

25
20

55690

100

3-54

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Concave clearance mechanical adjustment
To change these factory settings, proceed as follows:
1. Place the concave control lever in its second
position on the quadrant (refer to the previous
paragraph).
2. To change the concave front position, position
the nut 1 on both concave sides.
3. To change the concave rear position, position the
nut 2 on both concave sides.
4. Measure the concave clearance - see
explanation in the previous paragraph.

3

1

55691

101
5. To measure the concave clearance, remove the
guards 3.

2

CAUTION
Before staring the adjustment operations and before
opening the guards, stop the engine, remove the
ignition key and engage the parking brake.
3
IMPORTANT: After carrying out the adjustments to
the concave, ensure that the concave rub bars are
set parallel to the drum rasp bars.
55692

102
Concave position for harvesting maize
When harvesting maize, the concave can be set to
a clearance of 25 mm on the first concave rub bar and
31 mm on the eighth concave rub bar. These
clearance values are measured when the concave
control lever 2 in position 7.
The concave should be blocked in this position.

103

3-55

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
In case it is necessary to change the concave
position, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the lock nuts 1.
2. Remove the mounting blocks 2.
3. Adjust the concave as required with the nuts on
the suspension rods.
4. Reinstall the mounting blocks 2 (*) and secure
with the lock nuts 1.
NOTE: (*) Pay attention to the position of the
mounting blocks 2 at the rear. The cut out of the rear
mounting block should face towards the rear of the
combine.

1

1

2

2

42005

104
De-awning plates
The de-awning plates 1 increase the rubbing action
of the drum and concave when threshing winter
barley or difficult to thresh crops.
Depending on the needs, two or four de-awning
plates (1) (delivered with the combine) can be
installed.

1

42052

105
Proceed as follows:
1. Stop the engine and remove access covers as
described in a previous paragraph.
2. Loosen the spring clamps 2.
3. Insert the de-awning plates 1 through the
openings and hold them in position with the
spring clamps 2 located in the hooks 3.
NOTE: Only install the rear de-awning plates if really
necessary as partially closing of the concave
inevitably means loss of capacity.
1

2

3
42050

106

3-56

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
De-awning slats (accessory)
De-awning slats 1 can be installed in the front section
of the concave to improve the threshing efficiency in
difficult to thresh wheat.
Proceed as follows:
1. Position the de-awning slats 1 in the two front
sections of the concave, on top of the concave
wires.
2. Position on each fixation bolt a mounting plate 2
(underneath the concave) and tighten the lock
nuts.

1

2

50320

107

DRUM AND CONCAVE TYPE USE
When harvesting cereals, it is advisable to use a
standard drum and a cereal concave.
o When harvesting maize, it is advisable to use a
standard drum and a maize concave.
o When harvesting rice, a rice drum with peg tooth
bars and a rice concave should be installed.
If necessary, the concave and/or rice drum can be
converted for harvesting other crop types
(for example in case of changing from cereals to
maize equipment).
This conversion must be carried out by your dealer.
Refer to Section 7 - ACCESSORIES.
o

3-57

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
BEATER
The beater, which runs at 875 rpm, is accessible
through the two inspection holes 1 in the grain tank.

CAUTION
2

Before accessing to the grain tank, stop the engine
and remove the ignition key.
The beater is equipped with four adjustable stripper
plates 2 which are factory-set as close as possible to
the drum rasp bars without touching them.
The plates 2 are adjusted by the screws 3, if required.
When carrying out this job, first search for the closest
drum rasp bar.
The beater concave is not adjustable.

3

3
1

42044

108

NOTE: In case of grain crackage (in maize), beater
pins can been installed.

109

3-58

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
ROTARY SEPARATOR [if installed]
Rotary separator speed
The rotary separator can operate at two different
speeds:
o 760 rpm: factory-set speed for most cereal crops
such as wheat, barley, rye, oats, etc.
o 400 rpm: for harvesting maize, grass seed,
beans, peas, soya, sunflower, rape seed, etc.

110
Speed adjustment
To change the speed, proceed as follows:
1. Move lever 1 out of the hook 2 and upwards.
This will move the idler 3 downwards and loosen
the belt tension.
2. Fit the belt in the other grooves of both pulleys.
3. Move the lever 1 downwards and secure the
lever in the hook 2 as shown.
4. Check the belt tension and adjust, if necessary,
(refer to SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND
MAINTENANCE, paragraph headed "Belts and
chains").

3

2
1
55693

111

Rotary separator wear plates
To prevent damage of the rotary separator, it is
recommended to install wear plates to harvest maize
or rice.

112

3-59

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STRAW-RETAINING CURTAIN
If rotary separator

o

Only one position

If no rotary separator

o

The straw retarding curtain 1 (fig. 114) can be set in
two positions:
o Front position A:
Used in crops with short straw and in maize.
Used for improved separation.
o Rear position B (factory-set position):
Used in normal and long-strawed crops.

3

B

A

42064

113
To change the position of the straw retarding
curtain, proceed as follows:

2

2

CAUTION

Before entering the straw walker area, stop the
engine, remove the ignition key and engage the
parking brake.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Obtain access to the straw walker area.
Remove the two cotter pins 2 on the inside.
Slide the shaft 3 to one side. (fig. 113)
Insert the shaft 3 in the hole for the second
position, slide it in the curtain bushing and secure
with the cotter pins 2.

3-60

1

42063

114

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STRAW WALKERS
The straw risers 1 on the straw walkers assist in
separating grain from the straw.
If required, they can be removed in crops which are
likely to cause blockages, e.g. barley.

115
When operating in short, brittle straw crops, vertical
cover plates 2 [accessory] can be installed to prevent
short straw from reaching the sieves and overloading
them.

2

42290

DELETED

116

3-61

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
SIEVE TYPES (AVAILABLE)
Sieve

Type

Crop

Position**

Opening

Fig.

Cereals

Lower

adjustable

117

Maize

Upper

adjustable

118

NH 1- 1/8''

Cereals

-

adjustable

119

Dia. 3.5 mm

Small grain

-

fixed

120

Dia. 16 mm

Maize

-

fixed

Dia. 18 mm

Lower sieve

Hart Carter 1-1/8''
Hart Carter 1-5/8''

Upper sieve (*)

Maize

-

fixed

Round-hole sieve

(*) Both fixed and self-levelling cleaning system.
(**) Sieve position on frame (see further).

52213

117

41001

119

3-62

41007

118

52091

120

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
LOWER SIEVE
Sieve opening adjustment
Open the cover 5 to obtain access to the lever 4 to
adjust the sieve openings. During the operation, the
lower sieve should be opened as much as possible,
however consistent with producing a clean grain
sample. Use the settings as recommended in
paragraph headed "Summary of the machine
settings for different crops" at the end of this Section.

121
Positioning, removal, installation
To remove the sieve, open the cover 5 by the lever 6,
(fig. 121), remove the bolt 7 (fig. 123) on both sides
and slide out the lower sieve.
The lower sieve can only be installed in one position.

4
42059

122

7

42057

123

3-63

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
UPPER SIEVE
Sieve opening adjustment
Adjust the sieve openings by the lever(s) 1.
Operate with the upper sieve open as wide as
possible, however without producing excessive
thrash which will fall onto the lower sieve.
1
42061

Self-levelling upper sieve

124

On machines with fixed cleaning system:
o

The rear part of the upper sieve can be adjusted
separately by the lever 3.

1

3

42292

125

Fixed upper sieve

o

When operating in hilly conditions, dividers 10
can be installed on the upper sieve.
When constantly working in flat conditions, it is
recommended not to use these dividers.

10
10

10

42291

126
The upper sieve finger grate(s) can be replaced
by graepel extension(s) [accessory] to prevent
short straw and weeds from passing to the
returns auger.

50391

127
3-64

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Positioning, removal, installation
On machines equipped with a fixed cleaning system,
the upper sieve can be fitted in three different
positions.
On machines with a self-levelling cleaning system
the upper sieve can be fitted in two different
positions.

6

To remove the upper sieve or to change the sieve
position, remove the bolts 6 on both sides.
Reinstall the bolts 6, afterwards.
42058

128
On machines equipped with self-levelling cleaning
system:
1. Turn the ignition key in the contact position.

8

2. Engage the self-levelling cleaning system
override switch 98 at the rear of the combine,
until roller 8 latches into the notch of the upper
sieve front profile.

42056

129

98
42247

130
Sieve position

Self-levelling upper sieve

Fixed upper sieve

Low position

Cereals

Cereals

Mid position

Not applicable

Cereals on slopes

Upper position

Maize

Maize

3-65

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Self-levelling cleaning system (if installed)
This system has self-levelling sections of the upper
sieve and moving grain pan dividers in order to obtain
an even grain distribution over the whole sieve
surface when operating on side slopes.

12

13

Grain pan dividers
The grain pan dividers can be set in a fixed
position when operating in very damp conditions or
when harvesting maize at freezing temperatures
(risk of material sticking on the grain pan). In this
case only the upper sieve sections are levelling.

52054

131

Proceed as follows:
1. Drive the machine on a perfectly level surface
with the threshing mechanism engaged.
2. Disengage the threshing mechanism and stop
the engine.

12

3. Leave the ignition key in the contact position.
4. Check if the holes at 11 are in line. If not, adjust
with the levelling system override switch.
5. Remove hairpin cotter 13 and the pin 12.
6. Insert the pin 12 from the front, as shown.
7. Lock it with the hair pin cotter 13.

3-66

11

13
42055

132

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
CLEANING FAN
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
o

Manual adjustment (if applicable)

The cleaning fan rpm can be adjusted with the control
lever 1 on the right-hand side of the combine.
1
Lever 1 position

Approximate fan speed
(rpm)

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

320
350
380
420
450
510
550
600
660
730
790
810
850
920
950

55694

133

Change the fan speed only when the threshing
mechanism is engaged.

CAUTION
Be careful when changing the fan speed, as the
threshing mechanism is engaged.
The fan speed cannot be checked on the
tachometer.

3-67

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
o

Electrical adjustment (if applicable)

The cleaning fan speed can be adjusted electrically
with the fan speed rocker switch from the right-hand
console and can be read from the monitor.
It is only possible to change the fan speed when the
threshing mechanism is engaged.

WARNING

Do not change the fan speed if the engine and
threshing mechanism is not running to avoid
deformation of the adjustment mechanism.

Adjust it to suit the nature of the crop, chaff load and
moisture content. A low fan speed kit can be installed
to obtain a lower fan speed regulation when
threshing small seeds. An insufficient air blast will
reduce the "clean area" of the top sieve causing a
dirty sample or grain loss (grain will shake over the
end of the shaker shoe).
The best way to check whether the volume of air is
satisfactory is to complete a "kill-stall", i.e. stopping
the engine with the threshing mechanism engaged
and checking the sieve coverage pattern.
Refer to paragraph headed "Kill-stall" in this section.
If this method of checking is used:
o

The rakes must be clean while the sieves must
be evenly loaded. Little or no grain should be
found on the rear part of the upper sieve.

o

If the whole sieve is clear of grain and chaff, the
volume of air is too high. The grain will be blown
out of the machine and clean grain will be
transported over the lower sieve into the returns
cross auger.

o

If the upper sieve is full of grain, the volume of air
is too low, so that the wind does not blow through
the chaff. Therefore grain will be shaken off the
sieve together with the chaff.

Sieve operation can also be checked by collecting
material coming from the rear of the cleaning shoe
and checking the sample for grain loss.

3-68

134

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
RETURNS SYSTEM
Cleaning access

CAUTION

Always stop the combine completely, remove the
ignition key and engage the parking brake before
cleaning one of the following parts.
To clean the returns bottom auger, remove the cover
1 and open the guard 2.

1
42070

135
To clean the returns elevator, remove the guards 3
and 4.

2
3
42071

136
On the elevator chain two metal scrapers 5 are fitted
to two of the paddles to keep the elevator clean when
harvesting in damp conditions.

4

5

42074

137

3-69

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
To clean the returns cross auger to the drum, open
the cover 6.

6

42073

138
Returns
IMPORTANT: For maximum efficiency, keep the
amount of material in the returns elevator to the
absolute minimum.

4

Excessive returns will:
o High risk of grain damaging.
o Sieve overload with consequent grain loss.
The amount of returns can be checked through cover
4 after performing a kill stall.
42074

139
How to limit the returns:
1. When too much clean grain is found in the
returns elevator:
o Open the lower sieve as much as possible,
consistent with producing a clean grain
sample.
o Avoid excessive fan rpm, to prevent clean
grain from being blown over the lower sieve
into the returns cross auger.
2. When an excess of short straw and thrash is
found in the returns elevator:
o Keep the fan rpm high enough to blow the
chaff out of the machine.
o Do not open the top sieve too wide to prevent
excessive chaff from getting onto the bottom
sieve.

3-70

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
GRAIN STORAGE/UNLOADING

CAUTION

Drive always on public roads with an empty grain
tank.
Grain tank filling system

CAUTION

Always stop the combine completely, remove the
ignition key and engage the parking brake before
cleaning one of the following parts.
To clean the grain cross auger, remove the cover (7).

7

42070

140
To clean the grain elevator, open the cover (8).

8
42076

141

3-71

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
On the grain elevator chain two, metal scrapers (10)
are fitted to two of the paddles to keep the elevator
clean when harvesting in damp crop conditions.

10

42075

142
Grain tank cover
During operation, the cover (14) can be left in the
closed (see figure) or open (folded) position.

CAUTION

14

During the operation on field with open cover 14, the
safety guard 16 must be remain in the closed
position.

42082

143
14

16

42081

144
Grain sample
A grain sample can be taken through inspection door
11 when starting off in the field.
11

42077

145
3-72

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Grain tank unloading auger
12

CAUTION

Before entering the grain tank, stop the combine
completely, remove the ignition key and engage the
parking brake.

12

A cover plate is fitted over the grain tank unloading
auger. This cover plate is fitted with the plate 12,
which can be adjusted to regulate the unloading rate
according to the nature and moisture content of the
grain being handled.
To increase the unloading rate, raise the plates; to
reduce, lower the plate.

42079

146

Unloading tube
The unloading tube is controlled hydraulically from
the operator's platform. A warning light is provided in
the cab to alert the operator when the unloading tube
is not in the fully closed position as this can be an
operating hazard in fields with trees, high tension
wire pylons, telegraphic poles, etc.

13

13

CAUTION

While driving on public roads the unloading tube
must be kept in closed position.
The unloading tube is fitted with two covers 13 to
provide access for cleaning and lubricating the
auger.

42078

147

IMPORTANT:
o
o

Keep the unloading tube closed as much as
possible during field operation.
When engaging the unloading mechanism,
ensure the unloading tube is open more than
45_.

3-73

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Grain tank level sensor (if installed)
Position the sensor (1) vertically located inside the
grain tank according to the crop type to be harvested.
When the grain inside the grain tank reaches the
level sensor (or when the sensor is gently pushed),
the following occurs:
o

The grain tank level warning light on the control
module will illuminate.

o

The buzzer sounds for 5 seconds.

o

The revolving flash lights will be switched on:
- For 7 seconds with the revolving flash light
tumbler switch in position "1".
- As long as the lower level sensor is activated
with the revolving flash light tumbler switch in
position "2". (middle position)
- In position "3", the revolving flash light will
remain on for road transport.

148

11
1
2
1

3

50394

149

3-74

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
STRAW HANDLING
Straw chopper (if installed)

CAUTION
Always stops the engine and wait until the chopper
rotor has come to a complete standstill before
working on the straw chopper.
Transport position
For road transport, the chopper chute (1) must
remain in the operating position, as shown, except
when a header trailer is attached. In this case, the
chute (1) should be swung up completely.

150
To move the chute (1) up, disengage the latches (2)
on both sides, swing the chute (1) completely up until
the lock latch (3) is engaged.

ZDA1132A

151
Swath-forming position
Move the straw guiding plate on the inside of the
straw hood, to the rear with the lever 1.

ZDA1136A

152

3-75

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Swathing rake
Two swathing rakes (1) can be installed on both sides
in the straw hood to reduce the swath width for a
following baler.

153
If not used, this can be stored as shown.

154

3-76

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Chopping position
1. To change the operating position, disengage
latch 3, swing chute 1 down and secure it with
latches 2 on both sides.

CAUTION

Never swing the chute up during or just after
operations as the chopper continues to rotate for
considerable time.
NOTE: With the chopper chute in swing-up position,
the chopper will not run, even if engaged.

ZDA1132A

155

Latch 4 has three positions (1, 2 and 3), to secure the
spreader depending on the spread patterns required:
Position 1: narrow spreading pattern
Position 3: wide spreading pattern

ZDA1133A

156
2. Move the straw guiding plate on the inside of the
straw hood to the front
(i.e. the chopping position).
NOTE: The lever is parallel to the straw guiding plate.

ZDA1134A

157
3. If needed, adjust the straw chopper chute
deflector plates 2 in the spreader chute 1 to
spread the material according to the header
width. This must be carried out by trial and error
in the field.
+ : wider spreading pattern
- : narrow spreading pattern

ZDA1135A

158
3-77

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Manual adjustable deflector plates (if installed)
To adjust, proceed as follows:
On both sides:
1. Loosen the knob (1).
2. Move the handle (2).
moving the handle to the outside = wider spread
pattern
Moving the handle to the inside = narrow spread
pattern
3. After adjusting fix with the knob (1).

159

Remote adjustable deflector plates (if installed)
With the chopper spreader rocker switches in the cab
it is possible to move electrically the spreader plates
of the spreader chute from left to the right and from
right to the left, depending on the wind direction and
side slope.

160

3-78

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Straw chopper operation

CAUTION

Keep yourself and other people away from the rear
of the combine when the straw chopper is engaged
and operating.
Never run the straw chopper with imbalance, as this
may cause serious damage to the straw chopper and
the combine.
Do not use the straw chopper near the end of the field
if there is a risk that crop or stones can be projected
onto a public road.
With the engine running at idle speed and the
threshing mechanism running, engage the chopper
drive with the switch (23).

23

50397

161

CAUTION

Before operating on the straw chopper, first of all,
stop the engine.
NOTE:
o With the engine and the threshing
mechanism running, the straw guiding plate
in the chopping position and the straw
chopper not yet engaged, the horn should be
sound.
o The chopper clutch is automatically
disengaged when the threshing mechanism
is disengaged or when the chopper chute is
not in chopping position.
Straw chopper clutch
In case the straw chopper clutch is broken, repair or
replace it immediately. It is absolutely forbidden to
lock the clutch in engagement position, since the
knives of the straw chopper continue rotating with
operating engine (even with the threshing
mechanism disengaged).

3-79

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Access to the straw chopper rotor
In case a blockage occurs, access to the chopper
can be gained as follows:
1. Loosen the screw 1 and turn away the bracket 2
on both sides.
2. Pivot the straw guiding plate completely to the
front to remove the blockage.
1
ZDA1137A

162
If repairs should be needed, remove the straw
guiding plate 1 as follows:
1. Remove the Allen screws 2 on both sides.
2. Pull out pivoting shafts from both sides.
3. Remove the straw guiding plate 1.

ZDA1138A

163
Straw chopper rotor knives

CAUTION

Do not work with damaged or broken knives. This is
unsafe and the imbalance may cause severe
secondary damage to the chopper and the combine.
The knives 1 on the chopper rotor have two cutting
edges for double length of life. Oil the rotor knives
regularly.
ZDA1139A

164
If required, the knives can be reversed or replaced.
Proceed as follows:
1. Remove the bolt 2, taking care not to loose the
two spacers and washers.
2. Reverse the knives or install new knives.
3. Insert the bolt 2 from the left-hand side.
(facing direction of travel)
4. Tighten the nut 3.
NOTE: Always change the opposite knife to achieve
a good balance.

3-80

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Counter knives
It is possible to set the counter knives in 4 positions.
Crop type and/or
harvesting conditions

Counter knives
position

Dry straw

Position 1

Damp crop:

Towards the rear:

o Heavy straw

o Position 2

o Oil seed rape, peas o Position 3
and beans
Maize and sunflower

Position 4

165
To reposition the counter knives, proceed as follows:
1. On both sides, loosen the bolts (5) and (6).
2. At the right-hand side, move the lever (7) to the
desired position.
3. On both sides, tighten the bolts (6) and (5).
To replace the counter knives, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the three bolts (1) (two turns) and
remove the plate (2).

166
2. After replacing the counter knives (3), reinstall
the plate (2) and tighten the bolts (1).

167

3-81

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Chopping maize
For chopping maize, proceed as follows:
1. The rotor speed must be reduced by installing a
larger pulley onto the hub of the rotor shaft. This
pulley is part of the straw chopper slow down kit
which is available as an accessory.
2. Install the straw chopper maize punching plate
(2) (accessory), to protect the straw hood from
possible damage.

ZDA1142A

168
3. Set the counter knives in position (4).

169
4. Reduce the rotor knives (2) by halve and
retighten the nut (1).

170
3-82

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

171

DELETED

3-83

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Chaff spreader (if installed)
This chaff spreader is designed to spread chaff from
the sieves directly to the sides down the ground.
The chaff spreader is not allowed to use in maize.
The chaff is blown and thrown from the sieves to the
chaff spreader rotating discs. The rotating discs are
provided with deflectors and fan blades which blows
and throw the chaff over the whole width of the
header.

CAUTION
Keep well clear off the chaff spreader at all times.

CAUTION
Never operating with an unbalanced chaff spreader.
Imbalance can cause damage on chaff spreader and
combine.

CAUTION
Always stop the chaff spreader by disengage the
threshing mechanism and stop the engine.
Wait until all the rotating parts come to a complete
standstill before working on the chaff spreader.

3-84

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
The chaff spreader has four positions:

o

Forward position: For spreading and to project
the chaff into the straw.

Press the knob (1) and grip the handle (2) and move
chaff spreader forwards.

172
There is a possibility to adjust distance between
sieves and chaff spreader.
Adjust if necessary with setting device (1).
o

Position (d) gives longer distance between
sieves and chaff spreader.

o

Positions (a) and (b) give closer distance
between sieves.

o

The normal position is (c).
173

o

Vertical position: Control of grain losses

Press the knob (1) and grip the handle (2) and press
chaff spreader to vertical position.

174

3-85

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
o

Setting of sieve position

Press the knob (1), grip the handle (2) and move
chaff spreader to back position.

WARNING

This position is not allowed to use when swathing
straw.

175
o

Service position: to service or remove the sieves

Press the knob (1), grip the handle (2) and move
chaff spreader as far as possible.

CAUTION
Always stop the chaff spreader by disengage the
threshing mechanism and stop the engine.
Wait until all the rotating parts come to a complete
standstill before working on the chaff spreader.
176
IMPORTANT: During field operation, the chaff
spreader must never be located in the service
position, even when it is not being used, as chaff
accumulation under the straw walkers may occur!

3-86

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
Disengaging and removing the chaff spreader

CAUTION
To protect the spreader blades during harvesting
maize, remove the spreader completely.
1. To have a better access for removing the
spreader, lift the straw chopper chute (1) and
secure it at both sides with the locks (3) (see fig.
178). Handle (2) is a position lock.
177

178
2. Place the spreader in vertical position (control of
grain loss position or maize harvesting position)
by pressing the knob (1) and grip the handle (2).

179

3-87

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
3. Remove the protection cover (1) by loosening
the two bolts (2) on the right side and the three
bolts (3) with nuts inside the cover on the left side
and lift the cover.
Now you discover the V-belt and pulley
mechanism. (see fig. 181).

180
4. Loosen the nut (4) to release the spring (9) that
pushes the tension pulley (5) on the V-belt (10).
5. Remove the V-belt (10).
6. Loosen the bolt (6) from the pulley (7) and
remove it with proper device (e.g. pulley puller).

181
7. Remove the knob (1) with nut (see fig. 174).
8. Remove the bushes (2), washer (3) and spring
(1).

182

9. Remove the shaft (4) from the inside.

183
3-88

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
WARNING

Due to its weight, 95 kg (210 lbs), you have to secure
the chaff spreader with adequate lifting device.
10. Use wooden blocks (1) to not damage the
spreader when you remove it.

184
11. Loosen the three bolts (1) and nuts on the side
of the pulley.

185
12. Loosen the three bolts (2) and nuts on the side
of the knob. Now your spreader can move freely.
13. Lower the spreader a little so you can turn it
diagonally backwards with the right side first.

186
14. Remove the shaft (1) from the pulley hole (2) on
the left side. Rotate the spreader 90° backwards.
15. Now you can remove the spreader from under
the combine.

187
3-89

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
To install, proceed as follows:
1. Make sure that the two brackets are vertical to
bolt them back in position (see fig. 185 & 186).
2. Redress the spreader with 90° on the wooden
blocks (1).

188
3. Move the axle (1) from the pulley diagonally back
through its hole (2).
4. Lift the spreader at the right level in such a
manner that you can bolt the brackets to the
chassis of your combine.

189
5. Install the shaft (4) from the backside, (see
fig. 183), the spring (1), the bushes (2) and the
washer (3) in between the knob (1).
IMPORTANT: Be sure not to tighten too much the nut
otherwise you can't move your spreader anymore
due to a lack of displacement.

190

3-90

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION
6. Remount the chaff spreader drive pulley (8) on
the axle and secure it with the bolt (6).
7. Install the V-belt (10) back on the pulleys and
place the tension pulley (5) again on the belt.
8. Install the spring (9) back under tension by
tightening the nut (4).

191
9. Install the protection cover (1) with all the bolts
(2) and (3).

192

3-91

SECTION 3 - FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

3-92

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
GENERAL
Your combine is designed to require minimum
lubrication and maintenance. However, regular
lubrication and maintenance is the best insurance
against delays and repairs and greatly increases the
life of the machine.
Use only top grade lubricants stored in clean vessels.
Recommended lubricants and amounts
summarized at the end of this section.

are

CAUTION
Always stop the machine before lubricating and
observe following precautions:
o

Disengage all drives

o

Engage the parking brake

o

Raise the header

o

Engage the header safety latch

o

Switch off the engine

o

Remove the ignition key before leaving the
operator's platform

GREASE FITTINGS AND INTERVALS
Before greasing the machine always wipe any dirt
from the grease fittings.
All points, except those with special notations,
should be lubricated with maximum 3 strokes of
greasing gun and then the excess grease should be
wiped off.
NOTE: After greasing, shift the variators from
minimum to maximum and vice versa to distribute
the grease in the hub.
Grease specification
Use Multipurpose grease AMBRA GR9
(ref. NH710A) or AMBRA GR75MD (ref. NH720A),
or grease classified under NLGI 2.

4-1

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
10 hours interval (daily) - left-hand side
1. Straw elevator top shaft bearing

54789

1
2. Unloading tube swivel ring (4 grease fittings)

55630

2
3. Engine tail shaft
(max. 2 gun strokes each grease time)

3

DELETED

4-2

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
10 hours interval (daily) - right-hand side

DELETED
1. Drum variator (*)
Floating disc on beater shaft

42129

4
2. Drum variator (*)
Thrust bearing on beater shaft
Thrust bearing on drum shaft
(*): after greasing, shift the variator from minimum
to maximum position and vice versa.

DELETED

54795

5
3. Drum variator (*):
Floating disc on drum shaft
Thrust bearing on drum shaft
(*): after greasing, shift the variator from minimum
to maximum position and vice versa.

54796

6
4. Straw elevator top shaft bearing

42132

7
4-3

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
5. Cleaning fan variator disc (*)
(*): after greasing, shift the variator from minimum
to maximum position and vice versa.

42121

8

4-4

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
50 hours interval - left-hand side
1. Unloading auger (3 grease fittings)
Accessible through covers (*)
(*): Grease with the unloading tube in closed
position.

42097

9
2. Straw chopper (if installed)
idler pulley pivot points (2X)

10
3. Cleaning fan bearing

42143

11
4. Traction variator sheave (mechanical drive)

12
4-5

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
5. Main drive belt idler

55628

13
6. Cross augers drive slip clutch

55632

14
7. Steering wheel spindle (2 grease fittings)

42141

15
8. Eccentric shaft bearing

55632

16
4-6

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
9. Straw elevator slip clutch
Straw elevator pivot point

54798

17
10. Straw walker rear shaft bearing

54791

18
11. Straw walker front shaft bearing
(mechanical drive)

54792

19
Straw walker front shaft bearing
(hydrostatic drive)

54793

20
4-7

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
50 hours interval - right-hand side
1. Drum variator: nuts on threaded rod
(2 grease fittings)

55614

21
2. Gearshift linkage (2 grease fittings)

DELETED

54799

22

3. Straw elevator pivot point

42132

23
4. Cleaning fan bearing

42156

24
4-8

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
5. Eccentric shaft bearing

55611

25
6. Cross auger bearings (2 grease fittings)

42151

26
7. Straw walker front shaft bearing

42138

27
8. Straw walker rear shaft bearing

42128

28
4-9

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
9. Steering wheel spindle (2 grease fittings)

54801

29
10. Steering axle pivot

55619

30

4-10

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
100 hours interval - left-hand side
1. Final drive shaft connecting sleeve
(2 grease fittings)

55620

31
2. Unloading tube cylinder bottom joint

32
3. Unloading tube cylinder top joint

54803

33
4. Rotation trailer hitch (if installed)

42160

34
4-11

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
5. Chaff spreader gearbox (if installed)

35
6. Clutch operating shaft (front) (mechanical drive)
(view from underneath)

54804

36
7. Clutch operating shaft (rear) (mechanical drive)

55613

37
100 hours interval - right-hand side
1. Final drive shaft connecting sleeve
(2 grease fittings)

42161

38
4-12

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ENGINE
IMPORTANT: Clean the engine area, the radiator
compartment and, in particular, the exhaust system
daily to prevent fire hazards. When operating in
extremely dry crops and in heavy dust conditions,
check these areas more often and clean, if
necessary.
Oil level
Check daily the oil level by the dipstick (1) with
combine parked on level ground.
1. Remove the dipstick (1), wipe clean and re-insert
fully.

39
2. Pull the dipstick out again and check the oil level.
The oil level should be between the minimum and
the maximum mark.
IMPORTANT: At no time should the oil level be
allowed to fall below the minimum level.

40

4-13

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
3. If required, top the oil up through the filler hole
(2), until the oil level reaches the maximum level
on the dipstick (fig. 40).
IMPORTANT: Do not fill above the upper mark on the
dipstick. Excess oil will burn off, create smoke and
give a false impression of oil consumption.

41
o

TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060: fig. 41

o

TC5070 - TC 5080: fig. 42

42
Engine sump and filter capacity (total)
16 litres (4.23 US gal)

Oil and filter change
Every 600 hours or annually
The engine oil filter(s) should be changed every
time the oil is changed.

4-14

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

To change the oil and filter, proceed as follows:
1. Warm the engine to operating temperature. Stop
the engine, drain the oil through the drain hose
(3) and catch the oil in a suitable container.

43
2. Clean the area round the engine oil filter and
remove the "spin-on" filter (1) which is situated on
the right-hand side.
3. Fill up the new filter with clean oil and apply an oil
film to the seal ring.
4. Screw on the new filter by hand. Tighten firmly
WITHOUT USING TOOLS!
5. Reinstall the plug of the drain hose (3).
(fig. 43 ).

44
6. Remove the filler cap (2) and refill the engine with
clean oil. Re-install the filler cap. Refer to
paragraph headed (oil specifications)
7. Start the engine at low idle for a minute or so, to
circulate the oil, then stop the engine.
8. Wait for a short period to allow the oil to drain
back to the sump. Check the oil level on the
dipstick as explained in previous paragraph
headed: "Oil level".
9. Start the engine and check for possible leaks.

45
Oil specification
Use AMBRA MASTER GOLD HSP, SAE15W40,
NH330H engine oil or an oil meeting the following
specifications:
o

API CH-4 or ACEA E3/E5

4-15

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM
Coolant level
Check the coolant level daily in the shunt tank when
the engine is cold. The coolant level should reach the
level indicator (2).
IMPORTANT: Under no circumstances should the
engine be started without coolant in the cooling
system.

WARNING

The cooling system operates under pressure which
is controlled by the pressure/filler cap (1). Take care
if removing the pressure/filler cap while the system
is hot. Cover the cap using a thick cloth and open the
pressure/filler cap slowly and allow the pressure to
escape before removing the cap completely. Do not
add cold water to a hot shunt tank.

46

When the coolant level is too low, proceed as follows:
1. Run the engine at low idle.
2. Add coolant to the cooling system through the
shunt tank filler opening (1). Never fill when the
engine is hot.

Coolant change
The coolant should be renewed:
o

Every 2 years.

When replacing the coolant proceed as follows:
1. Drain the coolant by opening the stopcock (3) at
the bottom of the radiator.
2. Flush the cooling system with clean water.
(steps 3 to 6).
3. Close the stopcock (3) and fill the cooling system
with clean water through the shunt tank filler
opening (1) (fig. 46).
4. Start the engine and run it at low idle until the
water temperature is at normal operating
temperature.
5. Stop the engine.

4-16

47

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
6. Drain the water by opening the stopcock (3).
7. Close stopcock and fill the cooling system with
coolant as specified.

IMPORTANT: Always fill the cooling system with an
approved antifreeze/water mixture. Check the
freezing point of the coolant after each refill.

CAUTION

The engine is hot and so may be the shunt tank.
Extreme care should be taken when filling the cooling
system.

8. Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm until the
coolant temperature is at normal operating
temperature.
9. Return to low idle and stop the engine after
1 minute (Turbo charger precaution).
10. Fill the shunt tank to the level indicator (2) and
install the pressure/filler cap (1).

48

4-17

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Coolant system capacity

38 litres (10 US gal)

Coolant specification

The coolant is a water/antifreeze mixture containing:
o

50% water

o

50% antifreeze: AGRIFLU (ref. NH900A)

The quality of the water should not exceed following
limits:
o

Total hardness: 0.3%

o

Chlorides: 0.1%

o

Sulphates: 0.1%

4-18

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Fuel tank drain plug
The fuel tank is fitted with a drain plug 1.

Fuel prefilter / water separator
A prefilter/water separator (2) is fitted in the fuel intake
tube, under the fuel tank.
Drain the water from the prefilter/water separator (2)
daily, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the screw (3) to allow the water to run out
of the screw orifice.
2. Collect the water/fuel mixture and dispose
according to regulations.
3. Tighten the screw (3) when fuel free of water runs
out of the screw orifice.

49

The fuel prefilter/ water separator (2) should be
changed every 300 operating hours, or earlier, if a
drop in engine performance is experienced.
To change the prefilter/water separator, proceed as
follows:
1. Wipe the top of the prefilter/water separator head
clean.
2. Close the tap (1).
3. Unscrew the "spin-on" prefilter/water separator,
using a filter wrench.
4. Fill the new prefilter/water separator with clean
fuel and apply a film of fuel to the gasket.
5. Screw on the new prefilter/water separator by
hand. Tighten firmly, but do not use tools.
6. Open the tap (1).
Check for possible leaks. If required, tighten the
prefilter / water separator.
7. Bleed the fuel system (refer to paragraph headed
"Bleeding the fuel system).

4-19

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Fuel filter
The fuel filter (3) should be replaced every 300
operating hours.
To change, proceed as follows:
1. The fuel filter is accessible by removing the
covers (1) and/or (2) in the grain tank.

50
2. Clean the top of the filter head.
3. Unscrew the "spin-on" fuel filter, using a filter
wrench.
4. Fill a new fuel filter with clean fuel and coat the
seal with fuel. Make sure the seal is properly
seated.
5. Screw the new filter by hand and tighten firmly,
without using tools.
6. Bleed the fuel system (see the next paragraph).

51
o

TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060: one filter (fig. 52)

o

TC5070 - TC5080: two filters (fig. 51)

52

4-20

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Bleeding the fuel system (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060)

To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows:
NOTE: This job needs to be carry out with two
people.
1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the tap
(1) is open.
2. Loosen both bleed screws on top of the fuel filters
(3) to allow the air to escape.

53
3. On top of the water separator (2) is fitted a primer
pump (4) which is used to prime the injection
pump with fuel when the filter element has been
changed.
4. Tighten the bleed screws when fuel free of air
bubbles escapes.
5. Continue pumping until the force needed
remains more or less constant.
6. Start the engine.

54
7. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs
smoothly.
Bleeding the fuel system (TC5070 - TC5080)

To bleed the fuel system, proceed as follows:
1. Ensure there is fuel in the fuel tank and the tap
(1) is open.
2. On top of the water separator (2) is fitted a primer
pump (4) which is used to prime the injection
pump with fuel when the filter element has been
changed.
3. Continue pumping until the force needed
remains more or less constant.
4. Start the engine.
55
5. Run the engine at low idle until the engine runs
smoothly.

4-21

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Fuel specification

The quality of fuel used is an important factor in
obtaining dependable performance and satisfactory
engine life.
Fuels must be clean, well-refined and non-corrosive
to fuel system parts. Be sure to use fuel of a known
quality from a reputable supplier.
To be sure that a fuel meets the required properties,
enlist the aid of a reputable fuel oil supplier. The
responsibility for clean fuel lies with the fuel supplier
as well as the fuel user.

Fuel type

Compatible

Arctic blend

Yes (Reduced durability)

Avtur/JP-8/Jet A/Jet A-1

No

Biodiesel (Din V51602 - UNI 10946 - EN 14214)

Maximum 20% blended in EN590 fuel:
TC5070 - TC5080
Maximum 100% blended in EN590 fuel:
TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060

European diesel per EN590

Yes

Ultra low S sulphur Sweden fuel (Mk1)

Yes

Fuel storage
Many engine difficulties can be traced to dirty fuel,
therefore the importance of using clean fuel, properly
stored cannot be stressed too strongly.

4-22

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ROTARY DUST SCREEN AND COOLING SYSTEM
The TC models are equipped with a hinged rotary
dust screen door.
To gain access to clean the cooling system, proceed
as follows:
Open the rotary dust screen door by open the lock
(1), using the handle (2).

56
Clean the cooling system regularly, depending on
combining conditions.

WARNING

Wear a dust mask when doing this job.
o

Intercooler (1)

o

Watercooler (2)

o

Hydrostatic oil cooler (3)

o

Air-conditioning condenser (4)

57

4-23

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
The filter element should only be cleaned when the
warning light in the combine cab illuminates and the
audible alarm sounds (625 mm vacuum).

58
The air filter element (1) (fig. 60) should only be
cleaned when there is an alarm on the monitor
(625 mm) (24 - 5/8") vacuum.
To remove the air filter element, remove the cover (2)
by loosening the clamps (3).
To clean the air filter element, hold the top and tap it
against the palm of the other hand to remove the
dust.
NEVER TAP IT ON A HARD SURFACE.
59
When tapping does not remove the dirt, direct
compressed air through the element, from the inside
towards the outside.
To prevent damage to the air filter element when
cleaning with compressed air, take the following
precautions:
o

Maximum air pressure must be 5 bar (72,5 psi).

o

Move the nozzle up and down when rotating the
element.

o

Keep the nozzle at least 25 mm (1") from the
plated paper.

4-24

60

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
NOTE: To keep the interval acceptable is it high
recommended to clean the air filter element with
compressed air.

WARNING

Wear a dust mask when cleaning the air filter
element.
If the element is soiled with oil or soot, it is possible
to soak it for 15 minutes in a solution of 75 grammes
(0,165 lbs.) of non-sudsy detergent and
10 litres (2,6 US gal) of lukewarm water.
Rinse the element thoroughly in clean water until the
water remains clear and leave the element to dry.
NEVER WASH THE AIR FILTER ELEMENT IN
PETROL OR DIESEL OIL.
Every time the air filter element is cleaned, it should
be examined for holes and cracks by holding an
electric light bulb inside the element and looking
through it. If any damage is noted, discard the
element and fit a new one.
Replace the air filter element after 10 cleanings or
once a year, whichever comes first.
When fitting, make sure the element is seated
properly and the sealing is in good condition.

A safety element (4) is fitted as an additional security
to prevent dust from entering the engine when
replacing the standard element.

CAUTION
The safety element should not be cleaned.
Replace the safety element every two years.

61

4-25

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC AND HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Oil reservoir

A single oil reservoir (1) is fitted for the hydraulic and
hydrostatic system (if applicable). Both systems
draw their oil from the same reservoir but the oil for
each circuit goes through a separate filtering system.
o

unit with mechanical drive (fig. 62)

o

unit with hydrostatic drive (fig. 63)

62
Oil level
NOTE: Ensure that all hydraulic cylinders are
retracted before checking the oil level.
It is necessary to check daily the oil level by the level
gauge (3) and should be kept between the marks.
If necessary, add oil through the filler opening (4).
IMPORTANT: Always clean the reservoir filler cap
(4) and surrounding area before removing the filler
cap to top-up or replace the oil.
63

4-26

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Oil and filter change
The hydraulic/hydrostatic oil and filters should be
changed:
o

Only filter after the first 100 operating hours

o

Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or
annually.

IMPORTANT: The return filter (5) (low pressure
filter) should be changed at each oil change.
To change the oil and/ or the oil filters, proceed as
follows:
o

All models

1. Retract all hydraulic cylinders.
2. Thoroughly clean the surrounding area of the
reservoir and the filters.
(with compressed air, if possible).
3. Remove the filler cap (4).

64
4. Drain the oil from the tank through the hose (2)
and catch the oil in a suitable container.
5. Remove the "spin-on" return filter (5) with a filter
wrench. (fig. 64)
6. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new return
filter.
7. Screw the new filter by hand.
Tighten firmly WITHOUT USING TOOLS.

65
o

Only model TC5050 - TC5070 - TC5080

8. Remove the hydrostatic filter (1).
9. Apply a film of oil to the gasket of the new oil filter
and screw on the new filter by hand.
o

All models

10. Reinstall the plug of the drain hose.

66

4-27

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
11. Fill the oil reservoir with hydraulic oil through the
filler hole (4).
12. Check the oil level on the level gauge (3). This
should be kept between the marks.

67
o

Only model TC5050 - TC5070 - TC5080

13. Start the engine. When starting the engine, the
buzzer in the cab should stop. The low pressure
hydrostatic charge warning light must switch off
as soon as the engine starts. If this is not the
case, contact your dealer for assistance.
Run the engine at idle speed for five minutes and
move the ground speed control lever slowly
forward and rearward with the gearshift lever in
neutral.
14. Check the oil level on the level gauge and, if
required, add oil up to the maximum mark on the
oil dipstick.

4-28

52737

68

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Oil capacity
TC5040 - TC5060: 20 litres
TC5050 - TC5070 - TC5080: 38 litres
Hydraulic oil specifications
Use AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 (NH646H),
AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 BIO-S (re.
NH646BS), AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 BIO-V
(re. NH 646 BV) hydraulic oil or an oil meeting the
technical specifications here below:
o

DIN 51524, part 2 or ISO VG 46

o

Viscosity grade: HV 46

The hydraulic system is factory-filled with AMBRA
HYDROSYSTEM 46 (NH646H) hydraulic oil.
AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46 is a hydraulic oil with
high viscosity grade; therefore, it remains fluid even
at very low temperatures.

WARNING

The oil quality and cleanliness is of utmost
importance for the reliability and life of the
hydrostatic system. Deviation of the prescribed oil
specification may lead to severe damage and void
the warranty!
ACCUMULATOR
o

Before disconnecting the accumulators for
maintenance operations, it is necessary to reset
the accumulator fluid pressure.

o

The accumulator pressure check must be
performed following the method recommended
by the above accumulator manufacturer. It is
necessary to make sure that the max. allowed
accumulator pressure is never exceeded.
After each check or adjustment, leaks should not
be detected.

4-29

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
HYDRAULIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
Hydraulic valves located at the left-hand side of the
combine.
o

Only if remote control

1. Threshing
2. Unloading
3. Straw elevator
69
o

All models

1. Lateral float
2. Reel for/after
3. Reel up/down
4. Unloading tube swing
5. Header up/down

70
HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Hydrostatic control cable adjustment
When changing gear with the ground speed control
lever in the neutral position, the combine must not be
move at all. If this is not the case, the cable linkage
must be adjusted.
To adjust the hydrostatic control cable, proceed as
follows:

12

1. Stop the engine.
2. Place the lever in neutral position.
3. Loosen the lock nut 10 and the nut 11 and
remove eye bolt from the threaded rod.
4. Loosen the lock nut 12 and turn the eyebolt on
the cable until it can be moved freely on the
threaded pin of the pump adjustment lever.
5. Tighten the lock nut 12 and reinstall the nuts 10
and 11 on the threaded pin. Tighten the nuts and
the lock nut sufficiently so that the eyebolt can
rotate freely.

4-30

11

10

55660

71

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
TRACTION GEARBOX
o

TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060

Oil level
When the combine is parked on level ground, the oil
level must reach the plug 1 on the gearbox right side.
Check the oil level every 50 hours.

1

If required, add gear oil through the filler/breather
plug 2.

3
20911

72
Oil change
o

After the first 100 operating hours

o

Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or
annually.

2

Drain the oil through plug 3.
The plug 3 is fitted with a magnet which must be
cleaned when changing the oil.

42171

73
Oil capacity
15 litres
Oil specifications
Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE80W90, NH520A or
an oil meeting the following specifications:
o

API GL5 or MIL-L-2105 D

4-31

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
o

TC5070 - TC5080

Oil level
With the combine standing on a level surface, the oil
level should reach the centre of the sight glass (1).

Oil change
The traction gearbox oil should be changed:
o

After the first 100 operating hours.

o

Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or
annually.

74

To change the traction gearbox oil, proceed as
follows:
1. Drain the oil through the plug (2) and catch the oil
in a suitable container.
2. Reinstall the plug (2).
IMPORTANT: Clean the magnetic plug (2) before
installation.
3. Clean the area around the filler/breather plug (4)
and remove the filler/breather plug.
4. Fill the traction gearbox with new oil until the oil
level reaches the sight glass.
5. Reinstall the filler/breather plug (4).

75
Oil capacity
19 litres (5 US gallons)
Oil specification
Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A or
an oil meeting the following specification:
o

API GL-5

o

MIL-L-2105 D

4-32

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
FINAL DRIVE GEARBOXES
Oil level
Check the oil level every 50 operating hours through
the plug 4 when the combine is parked on level
ground.
If required, top the oil through the filler/breather plug
5.

5

Oil change
o

After the first 100 operating hours

o

Thereafter, every 600 operating hours or
annually

1. Drain the oil through the plug 6 and catch the oil
in a suitable container.

4
6
42002

76

2. Reinstall the plug 6.
IMPORTANT: The plug 6 is equipped with a magnet
that must be cleaned at each oil change.
3. Clean the area around the level plug 4, the filler
breather plug 5 and remove them.
4. Fill the final drive gearbox with new oil.
5. Reinstall the level plug 4 and the filler/breather
plug 5.
Oil capacity
5,5 litres/gearbox (standard)
5 litres/gearbox (for final drives with special seal)
Oil specifications
Use AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE 80W90, NH520A oil
or an oil meeting the following specifications:
o

API GL5 or MIL-L-2105 D

DELETED

4-33

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
CHAINS, THREADED RODS AND PIVOT POINTS
Chains
Lubricate the following chains
IMMEDIATELY AFTER WORK.

DAILY

and

In this way the oil penetrates into the chains and
provides excellent protection and lubrication. Use
AMBRA HYPOIDE 90, SAE80W90, NH520A or a
special (biodegradable) chain oil.
o

API GL5 or MIL-L-2105 D

(Refer to the lubrication diagram for belts and chains,
Section 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE).
o

Returns auger drive

o

Grain elevator drive

o

Unloading auger drive

Threaded rods
Lubricate the following threaded rods every 300
operating hours:
o

Drum variator

o

Fan variator

Lubricate all threaded rods of the spring-loaded
idlers and all other threaded rods where adjustments
are carried out at least once a season.
Pivot points
It is recommended to lubricate all pivot points
(including guard pivot points) which may become stiff
from corrosion or dirt every 300 operating hours.

4-34

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
BRAKE SYSTEM
Brake fluid level

The brake fluid level (10) should be checked weekly
or every 50 operating hours, according to whichever
occurs first.
IMPORTANT: Never allow the level to drop below the
minimum mark on the outside of the reservoir. If
required, add brake fluid.

77

CAUTION

In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake
system, immediately contact your local New Holland
dealer
Fluid change
The brake fluid has to be changed every two years.
When refilling the system, a special bleeding
procedure will have to be followed.
Contact your local dealer to carry out this job.

CAUTION

o

In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake
system, immediately contact your New Holland
dealer.

o

The seals of the brake slave cylinders contain
fluoroelastomers which, when used under
normal conditions, are perfectly safe.
If however they are exposed to temperatures in
excess of 315° C (599° F), the material will not
burn, but decompose.
An extremely corrosive acid is almost impossible
to remove once it has contaminated the skin.

4-35

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
IMPORTANT: Brake fluid has a tendency to absorb
moisture and brake down over time. Therefore it
should be replaced every two years. As brake fluid
contains substances which, when mixed with engine
or other oils,create problems for recycling the oil, do
not mix oil, but collect separately.

Capacity
Reservoir: 0,25 litres (0,07 US gal.)
Entire brake system: 0,825 litres (0,21 US gal.)

Fluid specification
Use AMBRA SYNTFLUID 4, NH800A, SAE-J-1703
or a fluid meeting the following specification:
o

NHTSA 116-DOT 4 or ISO 4925

Clutch fluid level (TC5040 - TC5050)
The clutch fluid level (11) should be checked weekly
or every 50 operating hours, according to whichever
occurs first.

78
Fluid specification
Use AMBRA SYNTFLUID 4, NH800A, SAE-J-1703
or a fluid meeting the following specification:
o

NHTSA 116-DOT 4 or ISO 4925

4-36

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
LUBRICATION SCHEDULE
ITEM
Grease zerks

Traction
gearbox

Final drives

Engine
(sump with
filter)

Servicing
intervals
10 hours
50 hours
100 hours
Check every 50
hours.
Change
- after the first
100 hours
- every
600
hours or annually
Check every 50
hours.
Change
- after the first
100 hours
- every
600
hours or annually
Check daily.
Change:
- every
600
hours

Amount
unit

NEW HOLLAND
brand name

NEW HOLLAND
specification

-
-
-

AMBRA GR9
or
AMBRA
GR75MD

NH710A
or
NH720A

15 litres

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

5.5 litres

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

NH330H

SAE15W40

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

16 litres

AMBRA
MASTER GOLD
HSP

Lubricant
grade

International
specification
NLGI 2
NLGI 2

API CH-4
ACEA E3/E5

Chains
Threaded
rods
Pivot points
Brake
system

Daily
every 300 hours

Check every 50
0.325
hours.
litres
Change every two
(reservoir)
years.

AMBRA
SYNTFLUID 4

NH800A

SAE J 1703

NHTSA
116-DOT 4,
ISO 4925

Clutch
system

Check every 50
(reservoir)
hours.
Change every two
years.

AMBRA
SYNTFLUID 4

NH800A

SAE J 1703

NHTSA
116-DOT 4,
ISO 4925

Hydraulic
system
(oil + filter)

Check daily.
Change:
- after the first
100
hours
(filter only)
- every
600
hours or
annually

AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46

NH646
NH646BS
NH646BV

HV 46

DIN 51524
Part 2
ISO VG 46

AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46

NH646
NH646BS
NH646BV

HV 46

DIN 51524
Part 2
ISO VG 46

50% AGRIFLU
50% WATER

NH900A

-

-

Hydraulic
and
hydrostatic
system
(oil + filter)

Cooling
system

DELETED

-

every 300 hours

Check daily.
Change:
- after the first
100
hours
(filter only)
- every
600
hours or
annually
Check daily.
Change:
- every
two
years

TC5040
TC5060

20 litres

TC5050
TC5070
TC5080

38 litres
38 litres

4-37

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
Before checking and/or adjusting belts, chains or
other parts described in this chapter, first of all stop
the combine engine, in case no other instruction is
given (for example, variator position change, etc.)..
In case the engine must be started or several
transmission systems need to be operated for some
adjustment, make sure no bystanders are near the
combine!
IMPORTANT: To guarantee an optimum operation,
it is necessary to check daily the belt and chain
tension. The maintenance schedule is reported at
the end of this section.

DRIVE CHAIN AND BELTS (LEFT-HAND SIDE)

79
1.

Header drive belt

6.

Main engaging drive belt

2.

Straw elevator and header engaging drive belt

7.

Grain cross auger and elevator drive belt

3.

Unloading system engaging belt

8.

Grain returns cross auger and elevator drive chain

4.

a) Ground speed vari-drive belts (mechanical drive)
b) Hydrostatic pump drive belt (hydrostatic drive)

9.

a) Straw chopper front drive belt (if installed)
b) Straw chopper rear drive belt (if installed)

5.

Cleaning shoe drive belt

10. a) Chaff spreader drive belt (if installed)
b) Chaff spreader discs drive belt (if installed)

4-38

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
CAUTION
Before checking and/or adjusting belts, chains or
other parts described in this chapter, first of all stop
the combine engine, in case no other instruction is
given (for example, variator position change, etc.)..
In case the engine must be started or several
transmission systems need to be operated for some
adjustment, make sure no bystanders are near the
combine!
IMPORTANT: To guarantee an optimum operation,
it is necessary to check daily the belt and chain
tension. The maintenance schedule is reported at
the end of this section.

1.Header drive belt
Correct belt tension:
thread length X = 155 mm.
Adjust with the nuts 1.

1

42694

80
2.Straw elevator and header engaging drive
belt
o

4

If mechanical control
Correct belt tension (engaged position):

3

2

spring length 2 = indicator plate length 3.
Adjust with the nut 4.

j54862

81

4-39

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
o

If remote control

Correct belt tension (in engaged position)
Spring length (1) = Indicator length (2)
Adjust with the nut (3).

82
Proceed as follows to check and adjust the tension
of the straw elevator and header engaging drive belt.
To adjust, proceed as follows:

CAUTION

Make sure nobody is near the combine when starting
the combine!
1. Start the engine.
2. Engage the threshing mechanism with the
threshing engagement switch (4).
83
3. Engage the header and straw elevator drive belt
by using the engagement switch (3).
4. Press on the "ESC" button for minimum four seconds. Refer to "SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION"; paragraph
headed: "Display with keyboard functions".
5. Wait until all machine components have stopped
completely before touching them.
6. Check and adjust the drive belt as described
above, if necessary (fig. 82).
7. After adjusting disengage the drive belts.

4-40

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
3.Unloading system engaging belt
o

If mechanical control

3

2

Correct belt tension (in engaged position):
spring length (1) = indicator plate length (2)
Adjust with the nut (3).

1

54863

84
o

If remote control
Correct belt tension (in engaged position):
spring length (1) = indicator plate length (2)
Adjust with the nut (3).

To adjust, proceed as follows:
1. Start the engine.
2. Open the unloading tube.
3. Engage the unloading system.

85

CAUTION

Make sure nobody is near the combine when starting
the combine!
4. Press on the "ESC" button for minimum four seconds. Refer to "SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION"; paragraph
headed: "Display with keyboard functions".
5. Wait until all machine components have stopped
completely before touching them.
6. Check and adjust the drive belt as described
above, if necessary.
7. After adjusting disengage the drive belts.

4-41

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
4a.Ground speed vari-drive belts
Belt tension adjustment
Proceed as follows:
1. Move the traction variator to maximum 1/4 of its
travel, starting from the maximum position.
2. Loosen the screw (1) and adjust with the nuts (2).
3. Tighten the screw (1) to a torque of 220 Nm.
Correct belt tension:
Upper belt deflection of 20 mm midway when
applying a force between 140 and 210 N.

86

Traction variator adjustment
Proceed as follows:
1. First tension the belts as described above.
2. Start the engine and move the variator
completely to MAXIMUM POSITION (the
hydraulic cylinder rod is fully extended). Then,
stop the engine again.

12

11

3. The distance X must correspond to 1 mm.
If this not the case, proceed as follows:
a) Start the engine and move slightly the variator from maximum position.
Then, stop the engine again.
b) Loosen the nut 11 and turn slightly the adjusting block 12 and the cylinder rod in the directions here below:
-

counter-clockwise
distance X, or

to

reduce

the

-

clockwise to increase the distance X.

c) Start the engine. First move the variator from
the minimum and then to the maximum position. Then stop the engine again.

4-42

42020

87

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
d) Measure the distance X (fig. 87).
If required, repeat the above adjustment until
X = 1 mm.
e) Retighten the nut 11.
4. Start the engine and move the variator
completely to the MINIMUM POSITION. Stop
the engine.
5. Now, the distance Y must correspond to 1 mm.

12
13

If this is not the case, proceed as follows:
a) Start the engine and move slightly the variator from minimum position.
Stop the engine.
b) Loosen the nut 13 and turn slightly the adjusting block 12 and the cylinder rod in the directions here below:
-

88

Clockwise to increase the distance Y.

-

42021

Counter-clockwise to decrease the
distance Y.

c) Start the engine and move the variator firstly
in maximum position and then in minimum
position.
Stop the engine.
d) Measure the distance Y.
If required, repeat the adjustment described
until Y = 1 mm.
e) Tighten the nut 13 again.
Variator support position
The variator must be parallel to the main frame (or
the sheaves should be parallel to the drive and driven
sheaves).
Adjust with the nuts (6) and (7).

89

4-43

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
4b.Hydrostatic pump drive belt
The belt tension should be adjusted as follows:
1. Loosen the four screws 5 of some turns until
the pump can move freely.

5
5

2. Loosen the nut 1 approximately 1 cm.
3. Tighten the nuts 2 until the distance X
between the bushing 3 and the washer 4 is
1 mm.

1

4. Tighten the nuts 1 so that the rods, the
bushing 3 and the washers 4 become one
rigid part.

2

1

3
4

2

54864

90

5. Tighten the bolts 5.
5.Cleaning shoe drive belt
Correct belt tension:
spring length 17 = indicator plate length 18.
Adjust with the nut 19.

19

18

17
54865

91

4-44

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
6.Main engaging drive belt
o

If mechanical control

2

Correct belt tension (in engaged position)
spring length (1) = indicator plate length (2)
1

Adjust with the nut (3).
3

54866

92
o

If remote control
Correct belt tension (in engaged position):
spring length (1) = indicator plate length (2)
Adjust with the nut (3).

To adjust, proceed as follows:
1. Start the engine.
2. Engage the threshing system.

CAUTION

Make sure nobody is near the combine when starting
the combine!

93

3. Press on the "ESC" button for minimum four seconds. Refer to "SECTION 2 - CONTROLS, INSTRUMENTS AND OPERATION"; paragraph
headed: "Display with keyboard functions".
4. Wait until all machine components have stopped
completely before touching them.
5. Check and adjust the drive belt as described
above, if necessary.
6. After adjusting disengage the drive belts.

4-45

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
7.Grain cross auger and elevator drive belt
Correct belt tension:
spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2.
Adjust with the nut 3.

2

1

3

54867

Bottom view 94

8.Grain returns cross auger and elevator drive
chain
The chain is adjusted by means of the idler 4.
Loosen the nut 5 and move the idler 4.
Retighten the nut 5.
The chain tension is correctly adjusted when it is
just possible to move a link laterally across a
sprocket by hand.
5

4
42016

95
9a. Straw chopper front drive belt (if installed)
A spring-loaded idler.
Correct belt tension:
spring length 4 = indicator plate length 5.
Adjust with the nut 6.
9b. Straw chopper rear drive belt (if installed)
Correct belt tension:
spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2.
Adjust through the nuts and lock nuts 3.
96

4-46

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
10a.Chaff spreader drive belt (if installed)
The belt tension is correct:
spring length (1) = indicator length (2).
Adjust with the nut (3).

97
10b. Chaff spreader discs drive belt
(if installed)
The belt tension is correct:
spring length (1) = indicator length (2).
Adjust with the nut (3).

98

4-47

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
DRIVE CHAIN AND BELTS (RIGHT-HAND SIDE)

99
11. Drum variator belt

15. Cleaning fan variator drive belt

12. Grain tank bottom auger drive chain

16. Straw walker drive belt

13. Returns top auger drive chain

17. Rotary separator drive belt (if installed)

14. Grain tank filling auger drive chain

4-48

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
11.Drum variator belt
Correct belt tension:
spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2.
Adjust with the nut 3.
3

1

2
42012

100
Check and adjustment of variator
6

Proceed as follows:
1. First tension the variator drive belt as described
above.
W

2. Start the engine, engage the threshing
mechanism and adjust the drum variator up to
the MINIMUM. LEVEL. Then, stop the engine.

5

3. Check the distance "X" between the drive
sheaves, which must be minimum 1 mm (or the
belt depth "W" on the drive sheaves, which must
be 78 mm).
Y

X

3

2
1

50400

101

4-49

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
If this is not the case, proceed as follows:
a) First check the distances "Y" and "Z".
The distance "Y" must be 179 mm.
The distance "Z" must be 67 mm.
b) The distance "Y" must the adjusted moving
the arms 4 and 5 on the threaded rods.
The distance "Z" can be adjusted by the
nut 6.
c) If required (when the distance "X" is lower
than 1 mm or if the belt depth "T" does not
correspond) it is possible to adjust by the
nut 6.
d) Start the engine, engage the threshing
mechanism adjust the drum variator up to the
MAX. LEVEL. Then, stop the engine.
e) Check the distance "X" between the drive
sheaves, which must be minimum 1 mm (or
the belt depth "V" on the driven sheaves must
be 78 mm). If not, adjust with the nut 7.

Z

6

T

5

7

X

Y

NOTE: In case of a stretched belt, the belt can be
allowed to extend 3mm beyond the edge of the drive
sheaves.

V
4

3

2
1

50401

102
12. Grain tank bottom auger drive chain
Chain tension to be adjusted with the idler 8.
Loosen the nut 10 and move the idler 8.
Retighten the nut 10.

8

10

The chain tension is adjusted correctly when it is
just possible to move a link laterally across a
sprocket by hand.

42010

103

4-50

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
13. Returns top auger drive chain

12

Chain tension to be adjusted with the idler 11.
Loosen the nut 12 and move the idler 11.
Retighten the nut 12.

11

The chain tension is adjusted correctly when it is
just possible to move a link laterally across a
sprocket by hand.

442011

104
14. Grain tank filling auger drive chain
The chain tension can be adjusted with the idler
13.
Loosen the nut 14 and move the idler 13.
Retighten the nut 14.
The chain tension is adjusted correctly when it is
just possible to move a link laterally across a
sprocket by hand.

CAUTION

14

13
Adjust this chain from inside the grain tank.

54871

105
15. Cleaning fan variator drive belt
16

Proceed as follows:
1. Move the variator to the middle position.
Stop the engine.
2. Loosen the screw 16 and adjust with the
nut 17.
3. Retighten the screw 16.
Correct belt tension:
Upper belt deflection of 14 mm halfway the
front part when applying a force of 30 N.

17
42021

106

4-51

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Fan variator adjustment
Figure 107: manually operated
Figure 108: electrically operated
Proceed as follows:

18
19

1. First tension the variator drive belts as described
above.
2. Start the engine and move the variator
completely to MAXIMUM POSITION. Then, stop
the engine again.

42297

107

3. Check the distance X. This distance must be
minimum 1 mm.
If not, adjust with the nut 18.
4. Start the engine and move the variator
completely to MINIMUM POSITION. Then stop
the engine again.

19

5. Check the distance Y which must be minimum 1
mm.
If not, adjust with the nut 19.
18

42024

108
16. Straw walker drive belt
Belt tension to be adjusted with the idler 20.
Loosen the nut 22 and adjust with the nut 23.
Retighten the nut 22.
The belt tension is correct when the belt can be
deflected 15mm when applying a force of 1.88kg
halfway between the pulleys at F. When a new
belt is installed, a force of 2.32 kg is applied to
deflect the belt 15 mm.
The belt is allowed to touch in the crossing point
by vibration.

22
6
20

23
54872

109

4-52

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
17. Rotary separator drive belt (if installed)
Correct belt tension:
spring length 18 = indicator plate length 19
Adjust with the nut 20

20
18

19

55647

110

4-53

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
DRIVE BELTS - ENGINE COMPARTMENT
TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060
18.
20.
21.
23.
24.

Rotary dust screen drive belt
Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt
Engine cooling fan drive belt
Alternator and water pump drive belt
Air conditioning compressor drive belt (if installed)

111
TC5070 - TC5080
18. Rotary dust screen drive belt
19. Alternator, water pump and air conditioning
compressor drive belt
20. Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive belt
21. Engine cooling fan drive belt
22. Hydraulic pump drive belt

112

4-54

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
18. Rotary dust screen drive belt
The belt tensioned with the spring loaded idler (1)
and does not need any adjustment.

113
19. Alternator, water pump and air conditioning
compressor drive belt (TC5070 - TC5080)
No adjustment needed as the system is self-adjusting.
20. Rotary dust screen intermediate shaft drive
belt
The belt tension is correct:
Applying a force of 23 N (5.17 lbf) on the midpoint of
the belt between the two pulleys, should deflect the
belt 3 mm (1/8").
To adjust the belt tension, proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the two bolts (1).
2. Tighten the bolt (2) to obtain the correct belt
tension. The bearing housing moves in slotted
holes.
3. Tighten the two bolts (1).

114

4-55

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
21. Engine cooling fan drive belt
Correct belt tension:
spring length 1 = indicator plate length 2
Adjust with the nut 3

115
22. Hydraulic pump drive belt
(TC5070 - TC5080)
Applying a force of 30 N at the midpoint of the belt
should deflect the belt 7.6 mm.
Loosen the three nuts (1) and adjust with the nuts (2)
and (3).

116
23. Alternator and water pump drive belt
(TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060)
No adjustment needed as the system is
self-adjusting.

117
24. Air conditioning compressor drive belt
(If installed) (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060)
The belt tension is correct :
Applying a force between 10.4 and 11.1 N on the
midpoint of the belt between the two pulleys,
should deflect the belt 3.78 mm.
Adjust with the bolt (1).

118
4-56

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
STRAW ELEVATOR

Chain tension
6
To adjust the chain tension, tighten the spring 6 with
the nut 7 on both sides of the straw elevator and then
loosen it to the length of the indicator plate 8.
When the chain has stretched so far that the
mounting supports are at the end of the slots, the
chain has to be shortened by removing half a link
from each chain.

7
8
42026

119
8
7

6

03056

120
Straw elevator slip clutch
The audible slip clutch 10 is factory-set at 600 Nm for
average conditions and must not be further
tensioned.
To adjust the clutch to the correct setting, tighten the
nut 12 (left hand thread) completely until it touches
the collar on the shaft.
The tightening torque should be between
313 and 373 Nm.
Tighten the nut 12 with the nut 13 (right-hand thread)
with a torque between 313 and 373Nm.

11

12

13

10

55707

121

4-57

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ELEVATOR CHAINS
Grain elevator

18

14

The tension of the grain elevator can be adjusted at
the top of the elevator.

CAUTION

16

Adjust this chain from inside the grain tank.
Proceed as follows:
1. Loosen the tension of the chain 14 by loosening
idler 16.
2. Loosen the screw 17 and tighten the nuts 18 on
both sides of the elevator head evenly.
Correct chain tension:
The chain tension is correct when it is just
possible to move the link laterally across a
sprocket by hand.
3. Tighten the screw and tension the drive chain as
described in paragraph headed "Drive chains
and belts - right-hand side", subheading
"14. Grain tank filling auger drive chain".

4-58

17
42031

122

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Returns elevator

22

The tension of the returns elevator chain can be
adjusted at the top of the elevator.
Proceed as follows:

20

1. Loosen the idler 20 to release the chain tension
19.
2. Loosen the screw 21 and tighten the nuts 22 on
both sides of the elevator head evenly.

21

Correct chain tension:
The chain tension is correct when it is just
possible to move the link laterally across a
sprocket by hand

19
42030

123

3. Tighten the screw and tension the drive chain as
described in paragraph headed "Drive chains
and belts - right-hand side", subheading
"13. Returns top auger drive chain"
Elevator slip clutch
The grain and returns elevator drives are protected
by an audible slip clutch 23.
To adjust proceed as follows:
o

26

23

TC5040 - TC5050

1. Compress the spring (26) with the nut (1).
2. Release the nut (1) five turns.
3. Tighten the lock nut.
o

TC5060 - TC5070 - TC5080

1

42026

124

1. Loosen the lock nut from nut (1).
2. Adjust the nut (1) until the spring (26) has
become a length of 93 mm.
3. Tighten the lock nut.

4-59

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
SELF-LEVELLING SYSTEM CALIBRATION
When the warning light (9) for self-levelling starts
glowing, then:
o

Either the side slope inclination exceeds the
capability of the self-levelling system, meaning
that grain losses are likely, or

That the self-levelling system is incorrectly
calibrated.
(the control box is positioned incorrectly)
To check and correct the calibration, proceed as
follows:
o

1. Position the machine on a level ground.
2. Stop the engine and make sure that all
mechanisms are disengaged. Then, turn the
ignition key in contact position.
3. Slightly loosen both screws of the control box on
the inside of the instrument panel and move the
control box until the middle red warning light
remains glowing (do not remove the connector).
20
12

19
42068

125
4. Engage the automatic levelling override
switch (2) placed at the rear of the combine) until
the upper sieve is in the horizontal position
(four holes where pin (12) fits, should be aligned).
5. Loosen the levelling actuator (19) at (20) and let
it hanging free.
6. With the ignition key still in the contact position
and with stopped engine, engage the threshing
mechanism once or repeatedly until the levelling
system audible signal and the warning light (9)
remain extinguished.
7. Disengage the threshing mechanism and
remove the ignition key.
8. Rotate the actuator rod in or out until the holes
are in line at (20).
9. Reinstall the actuator (19) at (20).

4-60

2

42247

126

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
SELF-LEVELLING SYSTEM BLOCKAGE
When the automatic self-levelling alarm led on the
alarm control module (see page 2-14) starts blinking
at one-second intervals and the audible signal
sounds, the self-levelling system maybe seized or
the power supply is interrupted.
In this case, proceed as follows:
1. Stop the combine.
2. Keep the threshing mechanism engaged.
3. Press the self-levelling rocker reset switch (24).
The automatic levelling moves in the most opposite position and then goes back to the horizontal
position.
The self-levelling warning light will blink during
the reset mode.
4. The warning light must switch off and the buzzer
must stop.
If not, even after a second reset trial, stop the
combine completely. Check if the automatic levelling system is still blocked or contact your
local dealer.

127

4-61

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
BRAKES

WARNING

The braking system of your combine was carefully
designed and balanced to provide optimum braking
performance.
It is important to ensure that only brake linings
meeting NEW HOLLAND specifications for the
combine are used. The use of brake linings having
incorrect friction properties may result in a reduction
of braking efficiency. Only use genuine NEW
HOLLAND replacement parts.
Brakes belong to the components that are subject to
homologation in many countries, and must therefore
not be altered.

CAUTION
In case of leakage or malfunction of the brake
system, contact immediately your local dealer.

4-62

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
FOOT BRAKES
o

TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060

To bleed or to replace the brake linings, contact your
local dealer.

4

6

It is necessary to check the brake linings:
o

when the brake warning light illuminates

o

after 600 operating hours in normal conditions

o

after 300 operating hours in heavy brake
conditions (for example "spin-turns" in maize
fields, when driving on hilly grounds, etc.).

7

5

3

Check regularly the foot brake adjustment as
described below:
1. Press the brake pedal down with a force of
22 daN.
2. Measure the brake cylinder displacement at 4.

42033

128

3. The foot brake is correctly adjusted when the
brake cylinder displacement is between 5.8 and
6.2 mm.
Adjust with the nuts 7.
Combines stored for several days or weeks may
require a "bedding-in" procedure before the
machines are put into operation in order to ensure a
consistent brake performance.
Foot brake "bedding-in" procedure
1. Drive the machine at minimum throttle in first or
in second gear.
2. Apply the brakes without declutching or bringing
the hydrostatic control lever to neutral position
(i.e. brake against the engine power).
Press down the brake pedals as hard as you can
(approximately 80 kg force) for about 5 seconds,
then release the brakes.
3. Repeat this procedure twice or three times.

4-63

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
PARKING BRAKE
o

TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060

o

On differential shaft (If fitted)

When properly adjusted, the parking brake lever
should be halfway through its stroke when fully
applied.

11

In the lowest position of the handbrake lever, the
cable should be adjusted in such a way that a
distance "X" of 0.5 to 1 mm exists between the
levers 11 and the pins 12. The adjustment can be
carried out at clamping bolt 13.
When the end of the adjustment is reached, loosen
the nuts 14 and shorten the cable at clamping bolt 13,
then finally adjust the nuts 14.

X

12

42690

129

14

13
42024

130
o

On transmission shaft (if fitted)

When properly adjusted, the parking brake lever
should be halfway through its stroke when fully
applied. A fine adjustment can be made with the nuts
16. When the end of the adjustment is reached,
loosen the nuts 16 and shorten the cable 17 at
clamping bolt 18, then finally adjust the nut 16.

17
18

16

42298

131

4-64

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
o

TC5070 - TC5080

1. Disengage the parking brake in the cab.
(= bottom position)
2. Loosen the two nuts (1) and the two bolts (2).
3. Check that dimension "X" is between 180 and
184 mm (7-1/6" and 7-1/4"), make sure that the
cable (3) is straight (fig. 133).

132
4. If not, adjust with the nuts (4) and (5).
After adjusting, tighten the nuts (4) and (5).

133
5. Simultaneously tighten the two bolts (2) by hand
until they touch the brake blocks.
Engage and disengage the parking brake in the
cab a few times.
6. Check the tightness of the two bolts (2). If
possible, tighten them simultaneously by hand.
Turn them an extra quarter of a turn with a
spanner.
7. Engage and disengage the parking brake in the
cab a few times.
8. Loosen the two bolts (2) and tighten them
simultaneously by hand, after loosen the two
bolts (2) with 1/6 of a turn.

134

9. Tighten the locknuts (1). Ensure that the two
bolts (2) not turning with the nuts (1).

4-65

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
TRACTION CLUTCH
o

TC5040- TC5060

Usually, the clutch adjustment is not required.
However, should an adjustment be necessary,
proceed as follows:
1. Remove the pin 19 and loosen the lock nut 14.
2. Push in the cylinder pushrod 5 to take away
internal clearance and adjust the yoke 20 until
the pin 19 can be inserted without interference.

19

20

14

5

3. Additional screw up the yoke 20 one turn.
54883

135

Under the operator's platform

4. Install the pin 19 and tighten the lock nut 14.
5. Remove the pin 21 from the lever 22.

21

6. Push the plunger rod 23 in the cylinder.
7. Adjust the yoke 26 until the distance 24 between
the hole in the lever 22 and the hole in the
yoke 26 measures 27.5 mm.
8. Reinstall the bolt 21.

26

23

26
22
22

00000

136

4-66

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
STEERING AXLE
TOE-IN ADJUSTMENT
The steering wheels should have the correct amount
of toe-in, otherwise premature tyre wear may occur.
The distance between the steering wheels must be
smaller at the front than at the rear (facing the
direction of travel).
To check and adjust the toe-in, proceed as follows:
1. Apply the parking brake and support the steering
axle so that the steering wheels are clear of the
ground.

CAUTION
Use suitable jack stands, securely positioned
underneath the rear of the machine, before adjusting
the steering axle. Steering ball joints, wheel spindles,
tie rods and steering hydraulic components should
be checked every 50 hours of operation.
2. Set the steering wheels in straight ahead
position.
3. Mark spots at 273 mm from the centre of the
inner front side of the wheel rims at the wheel
centre and measure the distance 2.
4. Turn the steering wheels 180_ forward or
rearward until the marks are at the
centre-of-wheel height and measure the
distance 3.
The distance 3 must be 8 to 12 mm greater than
the distance 2.
5. To adjust the toe-in, loosen the jam nuts 5,
remove the steering ball 6 out of the steering arm
and turn the steering ball in or out the rod 4,
evenly on both sides. After adjustment, tighten
the slotted nut of the steering balls 6 and the jam
nuts 5 (see further in this section).

6

5

2

5

6

4

3

50402

137

4-67

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
FIXED STEERING AXLE
Adjustment
Adjust the toe-in as described in the previous
paragraph.
Steering wheel stops
The steering wheel stops are factory-set and should
normally require further adjustment.
If, for any reason, the stops require adjustment,
proceed as follows:
1. Turn the bolt 5 completely in.
5

42900

138
2. Rotate the steering wheel to the extreme left or
right-hand position so that the steering cylinder
is at the end of its stroke.

6

3. Retract the steering cylinder by 2 mm.
4. Turn the screw 5 against the rear axle and tighten
the lock nut.
5. Proceed in the same way on the opposite side.

5

54884

139

4-68

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Steering ball joints
Check the steering ball joints of the steering axle
every 50 operating hours for correct nut torque or
possible play.
If, for any reason, the steering ball joints where
disassembled, the nut torque should be as
mentioned in fig. 140 and 141.

54885

140

54886

141

4-69

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ADJUSTABLE STEERING AXLE
(IF INSTALLED)
The adjustable steering axle can be set in three
positions:
o

narrow position

NOTE: in Germany, this position is envisaged by law
when driving on public roads.
o

medium position

o

wide position

Adjustment

CAUTION

7

Before adjusting the steering axle, it is necessary to
support the combine adequately by means of stands
to be placed under the combine back.

8
6

Proceed as follows:

8

1. Engage the parking brake and support the
steering axle on the left-hand side.
51678

2. Loosen the screw 7 and hammer it towards the
middle of the axle until the key 6 releases.

142

3. Remove the screw from the tie rod 4 and the
screws 8 from the steering wheel.
4. Set the steering axle on the left-hand side at the
necessary and/or required width.
5. Fit the screws 8 again.
6. Beat with a hammer on the screw 7 to remove it
until the key 6 seats and tighten the screw 7 with
a torque of 140 Nm.

7

8

8

10

8

8

7. Tighten the screws 8 with a torque of 294 Nm.
8. Support the steering axle on the right-hand side
and adjust, as outlined above.
9. Install the steering cylinder support 10 in the
correct position.
10. Place the screws in the tie rod.
Adjust the toe-in following the procedure described
in the previous paragraph.

4-70

4

51679

143

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Steering wheel stops
6

The steering wheel stops are factory-set and should
normally not require further adjustment.
Nevertheless, in case the stops are to be adjusted,
proceed as follows:
1. Turn the screw 5 completely in.

5

2. Rotate the steering wheel to the extreme left or
right-hand position, until the steering cylinder is
at the end of its stroke.
3. Retract the steering cylinder by 2 mm.
4. Turn the screw 5 against the support and tighten
the safety nut.

21117

144

5. Repeat the same procedure on the opposite
side, too.
Steering axle ball joint
Every 50 operating hours, check that the tightening
torque or the possible steering axle ball joint
clearance are correct.
Should for any reason the steering axle ball joints
were disassembled, keep to the tightening torque
indicated in figure 145.

54887

145

4-71

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Fuses and relays
IMPORTANT:
o

When replacing a fuse, make sure the new
fuse has the same amperage as the fuse
being replaced.

o

When replacing a relay, make sure the new
relay has the same structure (visible on the
relay housing) of the replaced relay.
Always use genuine parts.

1. Fuse printed circuit: located at the right-hand
side above the right-hand module
Remove the cover (12) to have access to the
fuse or relay.

146

147
A decal on the inside of panel (12) shows the
symbols for the function of each fuse or relay
(see also next page)

4-72

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

148

4-73

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Fuse printed circuit
Fuse n_

Amperage

Function

F1

15A

Reel functions / reverser

F2

15A

Header up / down

F3

15A

Lateral flotation

F4

25A

After contact pilot self-levelling

F5

15A

Air conditioning

F6

15A

Screen wiper

F7

10A

After contact TCM (control module) / before contact FCM

F8

5A

Autofloatt

F9

5A

After contact ECU engine

F10

15A

Horn / lighting hazard switch / Lighting switches /
Mirror adjustment / Relays worklights / seat adjustment

F11

15A

Fuse stop lights

F12

15A

Grain level indicator + revolving flash lights

F13

10A

Grain level indicator / parking brake / light in grain tank / manual control self-levelling

F14

25A

Back-up alarm / Fuel meter / Reel variator

F15

15A

Flasher lights / Light on unloading pipe

F16

20A

Lateral flotation + Header up/down + Relay header + threshing engaged

F17

5A

Excitation resistor alternator

F18

10A

-

F19

10A

-

F20

10A

-

F21

10A

Beam worklights

F22

10A

Rear worklights

F24

15A

Lighting fuel meter / Tail lights right

F25

15A

Tail lights left

F26

15A

Head lights

F27

15A

Dimmed lights

F28

10A

Worklights right

F29

10A

Worklights left

F30

15A

12V plug dashboard

F31

5A

Before contact update connector + Control Module

F32

15A

Autofloatt

F33

15A

Hazard switch for contact

F34

25A

Mechanical engagement

F35

10A

Rotary dust screen brushes

F63

10A

Straw chopper

4-74

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Relay n_

Function

K1

Autofloatt

K2

Reel variator slowly

K3

Reel variator quickly

K4

Reel reverser

K5

Mechanical header engaged

K6

Mechanical threshing engaged

K7

Reel after

K8

Reel fore

K9

Reel up

K10

Reel down

K11

-

K12

Header down

K13

Header up

K14

Lateral flotation right down

K15

Lateral flotation left down

K16

Unloading pipe close

K17

Unloading pipe open

K18

Protection lateral flotation

K19

+ After contact

K20

Air conditioning

K21

Flasher unit

K22

Revolving flash lights

K23

Beam worklights

K24

Stubble lights

K25

Work lights

K26

Protection header down

K30

Start protection

K31

Protection reel down

K32

Straw chopper

K33

Heating

K114

Protection straw chopper

4-75

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
2. Fuses and relay located on the engine module.
To have access remove the cover (1) by
loosening the three nuts.

149

DELETED
Fuse

Amperage

F37

40 A

Battery ECU motor

F61

80 A

Main fuse motor area

Relay
K52

Function

Function
Starter protection relay

150

4-76

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
BATTERIES
The combine is equipped with two 12V (92 Ah)
batteries. Remove the rubber cover (4) to have
access to the batteries
The earth cable is connected to the battery negative
pole (-).
Check weekly the battery acid level (every 50
operating hours) and, if necessary, top up with
distiled water until the separators are covered.
The batteries can be completely disconnected by
means of the main battery switch.
IMPORTANT: To avoid loss of data and/or monitor
damage, it is strongly recommended not to stop the
engine by using the battery switch. Always use the
contact key in this case and wait for minimum 15
seconds before disconnect the battery switch (3).

151

IMPORTANT: It is advisable to disconnect the
batteries at the end of the day, using the battery
switch.

4-77

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Important tips
1. With cold weather conditions, before starting the
engine, fill the batteries with distiled water. In this
way the water and the electrolytes are mixed by
the charging current thus avoiding the battery
freezing.

CAUTION
Keep sparks, lighted matches or an open flame away
from the battery as battery gas can explode. Never
check the battery charge by placing a metal object
across the terminals.
Use a volt meter or a hydrometer.
2. If the engine is reluctant to start, do not turn the
ignition key for longer than 20 seconds, but try
again after a few seconds.
3. The battery clamps must be cleaned regularly
and covered with a layer of vaseline or petroleum
jelly to prevent corrosion.
4. Make sure the vents in the filler plugs are kept
clean.
5. The batteries must never be disconnect while the
engine is running, or damage to the alternator
may result.
6. Never switch off the ignition while the engine is
running on full speed. This is to prevent running
out of the turbocharger propeller without
lubricant.
7. To safeguard battery life, switch off any lighting
before starting the engine.
8. Under normal conditions, do not add sulphuric
acid to the batteries.
9. The batteries should be stored in a fully charged
condition.

CAUTION
Do not charge a frozen battery as it may explode!

4-78

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Battery charge warning light
As soon as the ignition switch is turned on, the battery charge warning light on the instrument panel will
glow. When the engine has reached a certain speed,
the light will extinguish.
If the light does not extinguish or if it flickers, the alternator or the voltage regulator may not be working
properly.
Disconnect the battery terminals immediately and locate the cause of the problem or call your local dealer.
Alternator
IMPORTANT: The engine is equipped with an
alternator. Certain precautions must be observed to
avoid serious damage to the alternator, battery and
wiring.
When carrying out any maintenance work, the following instructions must be observed:
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal if
any electric welding work is to be carried out on
the combine.
Secure the negative (-) terminal of the welding
apparatus as close as possible to the part to be
welded.
2. The positive (+) lead of the battery is live at all
times. To prevent damage, always disconnect
the battery earth lead (-) first.
3. Ensure the battery is connected properly, i.e.
negative (-) lead to the negative (-) terminal and
positive (+) lead to the positive (+) terminal.
4. Always connect a booster battery in parallel, i.e.
negative (-) to negative (-), and positive (+) to
positive (+).
5. Disconnect the earth (-) battery cable before
connecting a battery charger.
Ensure the
connected.

battery

charger

is

properly

6. Never run the engine if the wiring between the
alternator and the battery has been
disconnected.

DELETED
4-79

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
CAB/CLIMATE CONTROL
Cab air filter
5

5

The cab air filter should be cleaned regularly and/or
daily in case of harvesting in extremely dusty
conditions. Open the cab roof (4) with the lock (7)
inside the cab. Release the latches (5) and remove
the cab air filter (6). Clean with compressed air blown
from the inside towards the outside.
It is advisable to replace the filter elements every
year.

CAUTION
Wear a dust mask when doing this job.

CAUTION
Dust protection
The air filter in the cab does not protect against all
substances (e.g. chemical residues on crops).
Absolute protection against specific products can
only be obtained when the nature of these products
is known and adequate measures are purposely
designed to counter the hazard created by these
substances. It goes without saying that correct filter
maintenance and keeping doors and windows closed
is essential.

4-80

4

6
7

42303

152

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
A/C SYSTEM (IF INSTALLED)
The A/C system must be started exclusively when
the combine engine is warm and when inside the cab
temperature reaches 21_C or more.
NOTE: Ignoring this precaution may cause damage
to the system.
To start the A/C system turn the switch (2) completely
towards the right (maximum position) and the fan
switch (3) onto "III" (maximum speed). The heating
switch (1) must be in minimum position (i.e.
completely towards left).
The fan inside the cab roof will blow air at full speed
through the evaporator which is installed inside the
roof.
When the air temperature feels comfortable, turn the
switch (2) away from its maximum position and turn
the fan switch (3) into position "I" or "II" (low to
medium speed).
IMPORTANT: The switch (3) must never be
turned on "I" if the A/C system switch (2) is in the
maximum position (i.e. completely towards
right), because this can influence negatively the
system performance.
Condenser

153

Regularly inspect and clean the condenser (4) with
compressed air.
To gain access to clean the condenser: refer to
"Rotary dust screen and cooling system" in this
section.

154

4-81

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Evaporator

12

Inspect regularly the evaporator 11 inside the cab to
ensure that the coils are free of foreign material. To
gain access, open the cab roof, remove the mounting
screws 12 and the fan cover. Remove any debris
using compressed air.

11

12

12
42339

155
Filter-drier
The sight glass and a ring-shaped moisture indicator
(1) on the right-hand side of the engine compartment
serve for determining the condition of the R134a gas.
o

If the refrigerant is without air bubbles, then the
refrigerant condition is good.

o

If the glass shows a milky refrigerant: good
condition in ambient temperature.

o

If air bubbles are visible: lack of refrigerant.

o

If the moisture indicator is blue: filter and
refrigerant are in good condition.

o

If the moisture indicator is red: this is an
indication of too much moisture, the filter-drier
has to be replaced.

o

If the moisture indicator is brown or black: too
much contamination: filter-drier has to be
replaced.

NOTE: The filter-drier must always be replaced
when the air circuit has been opened.
If the filter-drier needs to be replaced, or if the air
conditioning system needs repair, contact your local
dealer.
Refer to Section 5 - FAULT FINDING.

4-82

156

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
AIR COMPRESSOR (IF INSTALLED)
The air compressor (1) is installed onto the engine
and needs no further maintenance.

157
Every 50 operating hours, drain the condensated
water from the air reservoir through cock (2).

158
One union (3) is installed to attach pneumatic service
tools and for cleaning purposes.
The inner thread of the union is 1/2 GAZ CYL.

159

4-83

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
Air reservoir specification
(according to European Directive 87/404/EEC)
o

Trade mark: Wabco

o

Type: "60 l"

o

Maximum operating pressure: 10 bar
(145.1 PSI)

o

Maximum operating temperature: +100_C
(212_F)
160

o

Minimum operating temperature: - 50_C
(-58_F)

o

Capacity: 60 litres (15.85 US gal)

o

Approval date: see cold stamping on the air
reservoir.

IMPORTANT: For France, the air reservoir must be
reapproved (technical control) every 5 years.
The owner has to take the necessary actions to have
the reservoir retested before the expiry date which is
the approval date + 5 years.

161

4-84

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Service to be performed before
the first start-off
1. Check wheel nut torques
2. Check all chain and belt tensions
3. Check all tyre pressures

SECTION
SPECIFICATIONS
LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
SPECIFICATIONS

4. Check brake fluid level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Check engine oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Check coolant level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7. Check hydraulic oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

8. Check hydrostatic oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

9. Check fuel level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

10. Grease all zerks

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Run-in period
First week: daily

Service to be performed
Check wheel nut torques

SECTION
SPECIFICATIONS

After the first 50 hours
Final drives

Check the oil level

Traction gearbox

Check the oil level

Parking brake

Adjust the stroke if necessary

After first 100 hours

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Change hydrostatic oil and filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Change hydraulic oil and oil filters

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Change traction gearbox oil

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Change final drives gearbox oil

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Change engine oil and filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

4-85

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Daily service to be performed
(10 hour service to be performed)

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour grease zerk service

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Lubricate all chains

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Check all chain and belt tensions

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

4. Check engine oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Check hydraulic oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Check hydrostatic oil level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7. Check coolant level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

8. Clean cab air filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

9. Check fuel level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

10. Clean stone trap

FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

11. Drain water from fuel system
prefilter/water separator

50 hour service to be performed

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Check wheel nut torques

SPECIFICATIONS

4. Check steering ball joints

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Check and clean air conditioning
condenser [if fitted]

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Check and clean air conditioning
evaporator [if fitted]

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7. Check air conditioning filter-drier [if fitted]

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

8. Check tyre pressure
9. Check drum concave setting

SPECIFICATIONS
FIELD AND SITE OPERATION

10. Check electrolyte level in batteries

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

11. Check brake fluid level

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

4-86

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

100 hour service to be performed

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Perform the 50 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Perform the 100 hour grease zerk service

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

DELETED
300 hour service to be performed

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Perform the 50 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Perform the 100 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

4. Change prefilter / water separator

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Change fuel filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Lubricate threaded rods and pivot points

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7.

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Check steering ball joints, wheel spindles,
tie rods and steering hydraulic components

4-87

SECTION 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
600 hour service to be performed

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Perform the 50 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Perform the 100 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Perform the 300 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Change traction gearbox oil

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7. Change final drive gearbox oil

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

8. Change hydraulic oil and oil filters

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

9. Change hydrostatic oil and oil filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

DELETED

10. Replace air cleaner element of air intake system

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

11. Replace cab air filters

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

12. Check brake linings

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

13. Change engine oil and oil filter

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2 year service to be performed

SECTION

1. Perform the 10 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

2. Perform the 50 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

3. Perform the 100 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

5. Perform the 300 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

6. Perform the 600 hour service (see above)

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

7. Change brake fluid

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

8. Change coolant

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

9. Replace safety element of air intake system

LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

DELETED

4 to 6 year service to be performed
Replace all hydraulic hoses

4-88

SECTION
LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING
WARNING

Curing concerns after having found their cause with
the help of this fault finding section must always be
carried out with the utmost care and attention.
Failure to do so may lead to severe injuries or even
death.
Cleaning and unblocking activities must ALWAYS be
carried out with the engine off and all rotating parts
stopped.

5-1

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

FEEDING AREA
CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

Irregular feeding into the
straw elevator

Straw elevator chain set too
high at the entrance

Lower straw elevator chain.

Header drive belt slipping

Adjust belt tension.

Slats damaged

Straighten or replace damaged slats.

Straw elevator chain badly
adjusted

Adjust chain tension.

Stone trap clogged

Clean stone trap.

Drum rasp bars worn

Replace rasp bars.

The material is backfed to
the feed auger by the straw
elevator chain

CORRECTION

THRESHING AREA
CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest.
Increase drum speed.

Clearance between drum and
concave too wide

Reduce concave clearance.

Concave not parallel to drum

Adjust sides of concave individually until they are parallel
to the drum rasp bars.

Not enough material entering
combine for proper threshing
action

Lower header and/or increase ground speed.

Unthreshed heads passing
through concave grate

5-2

Crop not ripe enough
Drum speed too slow

Grain
not
properly
threshed from heads

Close concave de-awning
plates to blank off front portion of the concave.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

Grain
not
properly
threshed from heads

Rasp bars or concave damaged, bent or worn excessively

Inspect all rasp bars and concave for excessive wear or
damage.

Irregular feeding to drum

Check straw elevator chain
position.

Beater shaft speed incorrect

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080

Drum speed too slow

Increase drum speed.

Beater stripper plates incorrectly adjusted

Adjust stripper plates closer
to the rasp bars.

Drum rasp bars damaged or
worn

Replace rasp bars.

Crop too wet or insufficiently
ripe

Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest.

Irregular feeding

Adjust header and straw elevator for optimum feeding.

Drum speed too slow

Increase drum speed.

Crop too wet or insufficiently
ripe

Wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest.

Drum vari-drive belt slips

Check drum variator for deformation or incorrect adjustment. Tighten tensioning
spring, if necessary.

Losing rpm because of sluggish or malfunctioning engine
governor

Fuel injection pump should
be checked by a specialist.

Material wrapping around
the drum

Drum blockage

CORRECTION

5-3

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

THRESHING, SEPARATION AND CLEANING
CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Decrease drum speed sufficiently to stop cracking, yet
still thresh all the grains from
the heads, and/or open concave slightly.
See the concern described
under ''Excessive tailings''.

Concave clogged, or openings blocked by de-awning
plates

Clean concave and remove
de-awning plates.

Concave not parallel to drum

Adjust sides of concave individually until they are parallel
to the drum.

Grain being cracked in grain
elevator

Adjust grain elevator chain
tension.

Clearance between drum and
concave too small

Increase concave clearance
just enough to eliminate
cracking. Decrease drum
speed slightly.

Uneven feeding, or wads entering drum

Adjust straw elevator chain.
Check feed auger height and
retractable finger adjustment.

Not enough material entering
combine

Lower header and increase
ground speed.

Damaged
housing

5-4

Drum speed too fast

Excessive tailings

Excessive cracked grain
in tank

Repair damaged housing.

bottom

auger

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Straw walkers running at incorrect speed

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080

Straw walkers overloaded
due to excessive ground
speed

Grain loss over straw
walkers

Reduce ground speed to reduce amount of material entering combine. Raise the
header. Increase concave-todrum clearance if straw walkers have become dogged due
to the straw being broken up
excessively.
It may be necessary to reduce concave-to-drum clearance if overloading is the result of incomplete threshing.
In this case, it may also be desirable to increase the drum
speed.

Crop too wet or contains excessive green material
Straw
walker
openings
blocked so grain cannot drop
through

Clean straw walker openings.

Concave blocked allowing
excessive grain to be thrown
onto the straw walkers
Grain is not properly
cleaned

Wait until crop is in fit condition to harvest.

Clean concave thoroughly.

Lower sieve opening too
wide, allowing trash to fall into
the clean grain auger

Reduce lower sieve opening.

Cleaning fan vari-drive belt
slipping

Check fan variator adjustment.

Beater shaft speed incorrect

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080
Check also whether the cleaning
shoe drive belt is slipping.
5-5

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Wind deflectors incorrectly
adjusted

Position deflectors on the factory setting.

Insufficient air blast from
cleaning fan

Increase fan speed to the
point that grain is being
cleaned properly, but not
blown over the rear of the
sieves.

Lower sieve overloaded or
blocked

Clean the sieve thoroughly.

Upper sieve opened too wide,
allowing excessive trash to
fall onto lower sieve

Grain is not properly
cleaned

Close upper sieve so that
only the clean grain falls onto
the lower sieve and most of
the trash moves out over the
rear of the upper sieve.
If closed too far, threshed
grain will be lost over the rear
of the sieve.

Drum speed too high, or concave clearance too small, or a
combination of both, resulting
in chopped straw overloading
the sieves
Grain loss over the
sieves

Readjust drum speed and
concave clearance so that
the straw is not broken up excessively, but so that all the
grain is threshed from the
heads.

Too much air blast from the
cleaning fan

Reduce air blast with fan variable speed control.

Wind deflectors incorrectly
adjusted

Position deflectors on the factory setting.

Upper sieve not opened wide
enough

Upper sieve blocked

Clean upper sieve.

Lower sieve not opened wide
enough or blocked, causing
excessive grain to enter returns and be rethreshed

Open the lower sieve and
clean if it is blocked.

Crop not in a fit condition to
harvest, or contains too much
green material

5-6

Open the upper sieve so that
all the clean grain moves to
the lower sieve.

Raise header to prevent as
much green material as possible from entering combine,
or wait until crop is in a fit condition to harvest.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Grain pan dirty

Clean grain pan.

Sieves overloaded

See concern described under
''Sieves overloaded'', below.

Cleaning shoe drive belt slipping

Adjust cleaning shoe belt tension.

Beater shaft speed incorrect

Grain loss over the
sieves

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080
Check electric control. Contact your local dealer.

Cleaning shoe not level (selflevelling cleaning shoe only)

GENERAL PROBLEMS
CONCERN
Blockage of machine

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Beater shaft speed incorrect

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080

Crop not in a fit condition to
harvest, or too much green
material in crop

Raise header to reduce
amount of green material entering the combine, or wait
until crop is in a fit condition to
harvest.

Concave incorrectly adjusted

Increase drum-to-concave
clearance. Ensure concave is
parallel to the drum.

Rasp bars or concave damaged or worn excessively

Inspect all rasp bars and concave for excessive wear or
damage. Replace, if necessary.

Irregular feeding.

Adjust ground speed to permit even feeding.
Check straw elevator chain
tension

5-7

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

Blockage of machine

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Belts slipping

Check all belt drives. Tighten
belts, as required.

Drum vari-drive belt slips

Check drum variator for deformation or incorrect adjustment.
Tighten tensioning spring, if
necessary.

Belt or chain broken

Open lower sieve slightly and
clean thoroughly, if blocked.

Reduce the fan speed.

Wind deflectors incorrectly
adjusted

Position deflectors on the factory setting.

Eccentric shaft speed incorrect

Check cleaning shoe drive
belt tension.

Overthreshing

5-8

Lower sieve closed too much,
or blocked

Air blast too strong from the
cleaning fan

Excessive tailings

Replace broken belt or repair
chain.

Reduce drum speed and/or
increase drum-to-concave
clearance to prevent straw
from being chopped up excessively.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN
Sieves overloaded

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Beater shaft speed incorrect

Check speed of beater shaft.
Correct speed = 875 rpm on
TC5040-TC5050-TC5060.
850 rpm on
TC5070-TC5080

Cleaning shoe drive belt slipping

Check all belt drives and adjust tension, as required.

Insufficient air blast from the
fan

Increase fan speed.

Upper sieve open too narrow
or blocked

Open sieve slightly and clean
thoroughly, if blocked.

Overthreshing

Reduce drum speed and/or
increase drum-to-concave
clearance to reduce the
amount of short straw on the
upper sieve.
Do not make these adjustments too extreme, or underthreshing may result.

Wind deflectors incorrectly
adjusted

Position deflectors on the factory setting.

5-9

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

ENGINE
CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Connect, clean and coat with
vaseline the battery connections.
Charge battery.

Air in fuel system

Bleed fuel system.

Faulty lift pump

Check lift pump.

Restricted fuel filter

Replace fuel filter.

Restricted prefilter/water
separator

Replace element.

Dirty or defective injectors

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty injection pump setting

Contact your local dealer.

Poor compression

Contact your local dealer.

Polluted fuel

Drain and clean fuel tank.
Refill with clean fuel.

Dirty air cleaner

Clean air cleaner.

Restricted fuel filter

Replace fuel filter.

Dirty or defective injectors

Contact your local dealer.

Restricted exhaust pipe

5-10

Fill up fuel tank.

Battery partly run down

Engine does not give full
power

Insufficient fuel in tank
Battery connections dirty or
disconnected

Engine will not start

Clean or replace exhaust
pipe.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

Engine does not give full
power

Injection timing incorrect

Contact your local dealer.

Incorrect valve clearance

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty injection pump

Contact your local dealer.

Poor compression

Contact your local dealer.

Vent hole in fuel tank filler cap
clogged

Clean vent hole.

Polluted fuel

Drain and clean fuel tank.
Refill with clean fuel.

Insufficient coolant

Add coolant.

Dirty radiator

Clean radiator.

Fan belt slack or broken

Adjust belt(s) tension, or replace belt.

Rotary screen clogged

Clean the screen.

Thermostat sticking

Contact your local dealer.

Fuel injection timing incorrect

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty or dirty fuel injectors

Contact your local dealer.

Insufficient oil in engine sump

Add oil.

Defective cylinder head gasket

Contact your local dealer.

Engine overheats

CORRECTION

5-11

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Faulty or dirty injectors

Contact your local dealer.

Incorrect injection timing

Contact your local dealer.

Broken valve springs

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty injection pump

Contact your local dealer.

Piston slap

Engine knocks

Contact your local dealer.

Bearing(s) worn

Contact your local dealer.

Contact your local dealer.
Contact your local dealer.

Wrong engine timing

Contact your local dealer.

Air in fuel system

Bleed fuel system.

Broken injector pipe

Contact your local dealer.

Dirty or defective injectors

Contact your local dealer.

Broken or sticking piston
rings

Contact your local dealer.

Sticking valves

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty injection pump

5-12

Contact your local dealer.

Poor compression

Engine runs only at
1500 rpm

Contact your local dealer.

Faulty injection pump

Engine will not idle

Incorrect fuel injection timing
Faulty or dirty injectors

Exhaust emits excessive
smoke

Contact your local dealer.

CAN connection error

Contact your local dealer.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Check lift pump.
Contact your local dealer.

Incorrect injection pump

The injection pump should be
checked. Contact your local
dealer.

Insufficient oil

Add oil.

Sender unit defective

Replace sender unit.
Contact your local dealer.

Oil pressure gauge defective

Replace oil pressure gauge.
Contact your local dealer.

Main bearings worn

Contact your local dealer.

Corroded or loose connections

Check and tighten connections.

Loose alternator drive belt

Contact your local dealer.

Alternator or voltage regulator not working properly

Air conditioning will not
cool

Replace filters.

Sticking valves

Battery will not charge

Bleed fuel system.

Faulty lift pump

Insufficient oil pressure

Air in fuel system
Fuel filters restricted

Engine starts, then stops

Contact your local dealer.

Fuse no. 5 blown

Check for cause and replace
fuse.

Condenser plugged externally

Clean condenser.

Evaporator plugged externally

Clear evaporator.
Contact your local dealer or a
specialist for assistance.

5-13

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

STRAW CHOPPER [if fitted]
CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

The chopper rotor touches
the side of the combine straw
hood

Straighten the straw hood
and readjust the chopper so
that the rotor runs freely.

Rotor knife damaged or broken

Replace damaged or broken
rotor knife.

Rotor bearing broken

Chopper vibrates during
operation

Replace rotor bearing.
Contact your local dealer.

Frame cross
installed

bars

not

Install frame cross bars.

Rotor out of balance

Knives of different thickness
installed

Replace damaged knives
and sharpen counter knives.
Turn, or replace, rotor knives.
Sharpen or replace counter
knives.
Rotor speed must be 3400
rpm minimum (on standard
speed). Check belt tension.

Wrong position of counter
knives bar

5-14

Damaged knife or knives on
rotor and counter knives bar

Incorrect rotor speed

Spread pattern too wide,
or too narrow

Replace incorrect knives.

Dull rotor knives and counter
knives

Poor chop quality, i.e. too
long

Ensure all knives are swinging freely, are undamaged
and equally worn. Clean rotor
properly. If this does not
solve the problem, contact
your local dealer.

Correct position.

Adjustment error

Adjust spreader fins for correct spread pattern.

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

CONCERN

POSSIBLE CAUSE

CORRECTION

Tension belts correctly.
Install fins correctly, or repair.

Clutch slips

Adjust and, if necessary, replace worn parts.
Contact your local dealer.

Incorrect belts used

Use correct belts.

Warning alarm defective (accumulation of straw in the
straw hood)

Repair warning alarm.
Contact your local dealer.

Straw chopper incorrectly adjusted to the crop being harvested

Adjust straw chopper, as described in this manual.

Clutch not engaged

Engage the clutch

Belts not tensioned

Tension belts

Clutch failure

Belts flapping

Sharpen or replace counter
knives. Replace, or turn, rotor
knives.

Straw spreader fins incorrectly installed, or damaged

Chopper will not engage

Dull knives

Belts slack

Straw
chopper
gets blocked

Contact your local dealer

Belt guides and/or idler incorrectly adjusted

Adjust belt guides and idler
correctly.

5-15

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING
HEADER HEIGHT CONTROL - ERROR MESSAGES
Error
Code

Short description

Description

Severe error
11

Lifting limit switch

The limit switch of the lifting magnet is faulty or the magnet line
is interrupted downstream the connector.

12

Lowering limit switch

The limit switch of the lowering magnet is faulty or the magnet
line is interrupted downstream the connector.

13

Short circuit of the magnet
current

The current measured at the connector is too high.
- Possible magnet short circuit.

14

Wire break in the magnet
connector

On the connector no current is measured even though the
magnet is live.
- Possible break of the power wires towards the solenoid
valves
- Faulty magnet
- No battery tension on the connector (faulty fuse).

15

Lifting / Lowering / Quick
control

Control signal not OK, see Lifting / Lowering / Quick control.

16

Stabilized power

Incorrect component power.
10 V or ground power not OK.

17

Battery

Battery voltage higher than 19 V

18

Switch

Switch signal not OK.
Wire break and/or signal disconnected.

5-16

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

Error
Code

Short description

Description

Mean error
21

Position sensor

Position signal not OK
- Wire break and/or position sensor disconnected
- Possible short circuit or ground connection
- Position sensor adjustment not OK

22

Distance and position rated
potentiometer

Rated potentiometer signal not OK
Wire break and/or potentiometer disconnected

23

Pressure sensor

Pressure sensor signal not OK
Wire break and/or sensor disconnected
This error does not occur only when the pressure adjustment
has been pre-selected.

24

Pressure rated potentiometer

Rated potentiometer signal not OK
Wire break and/or potentiometer disconnected

Slight error
31

Right Autofloatt sensor

Right Autofloatt sensor signal [optional] not OK
- Wire break and/or sensor disconnected
- Possible short circuit or ground connection

32

Left Autofloatt sensor

Left Autofloatt sensor signal not OK
- Wire break and/or sensor disconnected
- Possible short circuit or ground connection

33

Right-hand / left-hand and
automatic control button

Control button signal from switch (5) and (7) not OK.
- Broken and/or disconnect wire
Control button for right, left or automatic swinging faulty function.

34

Valve for accumulator

Valve for accumulator not closed

36

Faulty valve and/or no oil
pressure

Notwithstanding the enabled lifting current on the connector of
the EHRD box, the cylinders do not lift.
Is the engine running? If yes, the oil pressure is unlikely to be
present or the valve is likely to be obstructed.

41

"Left tilting" valve

Left tilting valve disconnected

42

"Right tilting" valve

Right tilting valve disconnected

5-17

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING
MACHINE - ERROR MESSAGES
Error code

Description

E101

Ground speed sensor shorted to ground

E102

Ground speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E103

Ground speed sensor line open

E104

Drum speed sensor shorted to ground

E105

Drum speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E106

Drum speed sensor line open

E107

Fan speed sensor shorted to ground

E108

Fan speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E109

Fan speed sensor line open

E110

Straw walker speed sensor shorted to ground

E111

Straw walker speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E112

Straw walker speed sensor line open

E113

Returns elevator speed sensor shorted to ground

E114

Returns elevator speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E115

Returns elevator speed sensor line open

E116

Straw chopper speed sensor shorted to ground

E117

Straw chopper speed sensor shorted to battery voltage

E118

Straw chopper speed sensor line open

E201

Coolant temperature sensor shorted (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060)

E202

Coolant temperature sensor line open (TC5040 - TC5050 - TC5060)

E301

Threshing valve output (remote control only)

E302

Header valve output (remote control only)

E303

Unload tube valve output (remote control only)

5-18

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING
ENGINE - ERROR MESSAGES
Error code
Alarm message

Description

F559

Coolant temperature sensor

F560

Coolant temperature sensor dynamic test

F562

Boost pressure sensor

F563

Fuel temperature signal

F564

Oil pressure sensor

F566

Oil temperature sensor

F596

Open oil pressure sensor (only TC5070 - TC5080)

F705

Atmospheric pressure sensor

StEP

Engine rear ladder is down at contact on

SEAt

Operator not present alarm

OIL/StOP

Low engine oil pressure alarm

HEAt/StOP

Excessive coolant temperature alarm

HYDP/StOP

Hydrostatic low oil pressure alarm

HYDt/StOP

Excessive hydrostatic oil temperature alarm

FUEL/HOt

High fuel temperature alarm ( & gt; 70_C) = low level fuel tank

SHUn/StOP
bAtt/StOP

Shunttank level alarm
Battery no charge alarm

5-19

SECTION 5 - FAULT FINDING

5-20

SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE

SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE
Your combine represents an important investment
and its life depends upon how well you take care of
it.

END-OF-SEASON SERVICE
Follow the steps outlined below at the end of each
season's use or when the machine will not be used for
an extended period of time. This will ensure the combine is kept in good condition and ready for the next
season.
1. Remove the head to facilitate cleaning.
2. Clean the interior and exterior of the combine
thoroughly because any chaff and dirt left in the
machine will attract moisture and cause rust.
NOTE:
o

Avoid pressure washing at ambient temperatures
below 105 C (505 F). Place the machine in a
heated workshop for at least 24 hours.

o

Avoid direct water jets onto electric equipment,
bearings, seals, gearbox, oil tank or fuel tank filler
caps, into the engine exhaust, engine, cab air filters and decals.

o

Leave covers open at the bottom of the elevators
to allow any moisture to drain out. Leave the unloading auger cleaning doors open.

DELETED
3. Remove the sieves, clean them and coat with oil
or a rust preventative.
4. Remove all chains. Clean and coat the chains
with oil. Reinstall them, then adjust to the correct
tension.
5. Lubricate the machine thoroughly, as described
in Section 4 - LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE.
6. Coat all bright parts (except the pulley and the variator discs) with paint, a rust preventative, oil or
grease to protect them from rust.

When using a high pressure washer spray:
-

Keep a minimum distance of 30 cm (11'') between the spray gun and the surface to be
cleaned.

-

Spray under an angle of minimum 25° (do not
spray in perpendicular direction).

-

Maximum water temperature: 60°C (140°F).

-

Maximum water pressure: 60 bar (870 PSI)
Do not use chemicals.

-

Legislation in certain countries and good
practice requires special treatment of waste
water through sedimentation and oil separation and controlled removal of residues.

6-1

SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE
7. Retract all hydraulic cylinders and coat exposed
parts of the cylinder rods with grease.
8. Clean all belts, then check belt tension.
Adjust if necessary.

DELETED
9. Clean the air filter element.
10. Use compressed air, or water under pressure, to
clean out the engine radiator. Use a low-pressure
water jet, or compressed air, to clean the air-conditioner condenser fins.
11. Check the anti-freeze content in the engine cooling system.
12. Fill the fuel tank completely.
13. Store the combine in a dry place, protected from
the weather.
14. Close off all engine openings with plugs or greaseproof paper.
15. Support the combine on wooden blocks to relieve
the weight from the tires. Leave tires inflated.
16. Disconnect the battery cables. Clean and charge
the batteries.

6-2

IMPORTANT: The batteries should be charged every
8 to 10 weeks with a 5 to 6 amperes current for a period of 24 hours to a minimum of 12.6 volt.
NOTE: Removing the batteries will not harm the storage of information in the monitor.
17. Straw chopper: Remove all knives and bushings,
grease them thoroughly and reinstall them onto
the rotor. Torque nuts between 110 and 120 Nm
(81 and 88 ft.lbs).
18. Every 4 weeks, remove the engine opening
seals, start the engine and run at 3/4 throttle for
1 to 2 hours. Move all the variators from minimum
to maximum, and vice versa, to ensure adequate
lubrication to prevent rust.
19. Switch on the air conditioning while the engine is
running, only if the ambient temperature is above
15°C (60°F). This will ensure lubrication of the
compressor parts. Operate the air-conditioning
system for at least 15 minutes.
20. Reinstall the engine opening seals.
Periodic checks will help to keep your combine
maintenance and repairs to a minimum and avoid
costly breakdowns during the season. Therefore, it is good practice to have the combine inspected at the end of the season. Your NEW HOLLAND dealer will gladly quote a price for this
work.

SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE
ORDERING PARTS AND/OR ACCESSORIES
When preparing the combine for storage, check thoroughly for any parts that may have become worn and
need replacing.
Parts and/or Accessories should be ordered at once
and fitted before the next harvesting season.
When ordering Parts and/or Accessories, always ensure to give your NEW HOLLAND dealer the model
number and PIN number of your combine. See the
chapter headed ''Product Identification''.

INSIST ON GENUINE NEW HOLLAND ''QUALITY''
PARTS AS THEY WILL GIVE THE BEST PERFORMANCE AND ARE COVERED BY OUR WARRANTY.

FOR BEST PERFORMANCE YOUR COMBINE
SHOULD BE SERVICED BY AN AUTHORIZED
NEW HOLLAND DEALER.

6-3

SECTION 6 - VEHICLE STORAGE
PRE-SEASON SERVICE
Follow the steps outlined below at the beginning of
each season to ensure the machine is in good condition and ready for use.

6. Check the oil level of the following and add oil, if
needed:
o

Traction gearbox

o

Final drive gearboxes

o

Brake fluid reservoir

3. Lubricate the machine, as detailed in the ''Lubrication Schedule''.

o

Clutch fluid reservoir

4. Check all belt and chain tensions (including the
straw elevator and grain elevator chain).

o

Hydrostatic and/ or hydraulic reservoir

1. Remove the wooden blocks supporting the combine.
2. Check the tire pressures and wheel nuts torque.

5. Remove the protective oil from the sieves and reinstall them in the machine.

6-4

DELETED

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
FEEDING
Grain header illumination kit
A grain header illumination kit is available.

1
Quick release coupler
A quick release coupler is available to connect the
hydraulic components of the combine with the header
attached.

03056

2

7-1

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
STRAW ELEVATOR
Anti-wrap shields
Anti-wrap shields can be installed onto the upper
shaft of the straw elevator to harvest rice or damp
straw conditions.

Rice kit for fixed straw elevator
Rice kit for lateral float straw elevator
Narrowing plates can be installed to harvest rice or
damp straw conditions.

Third header lift cylinder
When a maize header is used, it is necessary to install
a third header lifting cylinder
(only on models with five straw walkers).

3

7-2

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
THRESHING AND SEPARATION
Straw walker vertical cover plates

In crops with short brittle straw it may be necessary
to cover all the vertical apertures on the straw
walkers. This will reduce the amount of material on
the sieves and provide a cleaner sample.

DELETED

42290

4

De-awning slats
Two de-awning slats can be fitted in the front section
of the threshing concave to improve threshing
efficiency in difficult to thresh crops.

42912

5

7-3

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
De-awning plates
The de-awning plates increase the rubbing action of
the drum and concave when threshing winter barley
or difficult to thresh crops.
Depending on the needs, two or four de-awning
plates can be installed.

42052

Beater pins

6

Beater pins can be installed to reduce grain crackage.

7

7-4

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Cereal threshing rebuild kit
This equipment must be installed when the
conversion from rice to cereal threshing is needed:
It consists of:
o de-awning plates
o standard drum
o stone trap tube
o standard concave
Rice threshing rebuild kit
This equipment must be installed when the
conversion from cereal to rice threshing is needed:
It consists of:
o rice drum
o rice concave
o cleaning fan bottom shield
o anti-wrap shields
o rotary separator wear plates (if rotary separator)
Maize threshing rebuild kit
For harvesting maize it is necessary to install the
following equipment:
- Rebuild from rice to maize: the kit consists of:
o maize concave and fixed suspension
o
o

standard drum

o
-

drum cover plates (see fig. 8)

stone trap tube

Rebuild from cereals to maize: the kit consists of:
o

maize concave and fixed suspension

o

drum cover plates

o

cleaning fan bottom shield

DELETED

8

Maize special dry conditions
o
o
o
o

maize concave and fixed suspension
drum cover plates
stone trap cover plate
spike tooth beater

7-5

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
CLEANING SYSTEM
Upper sieve HC 1-5/8" (FS+SL)
This sieve is recommended as upper sieve when
harvesting maize.

DELETED

52092

9

Round hole sieves
The following round hole sieves are available:
-

3.5 mm diameter holes: for use when harvesting
small seeds (used as lower sieve)

-

16 mm diameter holes: for use when harvesting
damp maize (used as upper sieve)

-

18 mm diameter holes: for use when harvesting
damp maize (used as upper sieve)
52091

10
Graepel sieve extension (fixed cleaning shoe)
Graepel sieve extension (self-levelling cleaning
shoe)
This extension can be fitted at the rear of the upper
sieve instead of a finger rake to prevent short straw
and weed from passing into the returns auger.

42319

11

7-6

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Cleaning fan bottom shield
This shield can be fitted for harvesting maize,
sunflower, soya, beans, etc., to protect the fan
bottom.
NOTE: This bottom shield is included in the rice
threshing equipment.

42915

Grass seed equipment

12

This equipment will improve the combine
performance while threshing small seeds.
It consists of:
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

fan blanking-off plates
beater rake cover plate
grain pan rake cover plate
Graepel sieve extension
canvas on sieve end
sweeper plates on the unloading auger
auger flight part (for grain header)

Extended dividers
(only for units with fixed upper sieve)
These are recommended when operating in hilly
conditions to prevent material from flowing to one
side of the upper sieve and causing grain losses.
The dividers are bolted in vertical position between
the sieve sections.

DELETED

13

7-7

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
CLEAN GRAIN, GRAIN TANK AND UNLOADING
Perforated covers under augers and elevators
These covers are recommended when threshing
beans, peas or soya to obtain a cleaner grain sample.

42342

Grain tank level sensor

14

This system warns the operator when the grain tank
is full.

15
Grain elevator high speed kit
This kit can be used to increase the capacity of the
grain elevator, especially when harvesting maize.

42686

16

DELETED

7-8

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
STRAW HANDLING
Straw walker protection
This device can be fitted on the straw hood to warn
the operator that there is an excessive straw build-up
on the straw walkers. The straw activates a flap
switch which sounds the horn.
This device is standard equipment when the combine
is equipped with straw chopper.

42348

Straw chopper with manually adjustable
deflectors

17

This equipment can be fitted on the machine to cut
and to spread the straw if the straw has to be
ploughed back into the soil.

18
Remote adjustable spreader plates rebuild kit
This provides the operator with dashboard switches
to reposition the chopper chute spreader plates while
working and to precisely set the spread pattern
behind the machine, e.g. when changing crops or in
windy conditions.

19

7-9

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Straw chopper slow-down kit
This equipment should be installed for harvesting
sunflower or maize to protect the knives and to
prevent maize cobs pieces from being projected too
violently from the chopper.

50403

Straw chopper guards for maize

20

If the straw chopper is installed, a maize punching
plate (2) should be installed in the straw hood, to
avoid maize cobs from being thrown against the
hood.

DELETED

7-10

21

ZDA1142A

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Chaff spreader (TC5060 - TC5070 - TC5080)
This equipment can be fitted when the chaff from the
cleaning shoe is required to be spread or to project
the chaff into the straw chopper to spread or to project
chaff into straw swath to increase amount of baled
straw.

Straw spreader

22

DELETED

Swathing rake
A straw deflector can be installed in the straw hood
to reduce the swath width for the following baler.

42322

23

7-11

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
TRACTION AND TYRES
Ladder extension
A ladder extension is available.

Hinging ladder extension (TC5080)

24

A hinging ladder extension is available.

DELETED

Steering platform extension

This extension allows the use of wider traction tyres.

25

7-12

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
ENGINE
Air compressor kit (TC5070 - TC5080)
An air compressor kit can be installed to clean the
engine compartment.

26
Air gun and hose (TC5070 - TC5080)
An air gun and hose is available to clean the combine.

27

7-13

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Rotary dust screen brush
This kit can be fitted to help cleaning the rotary dust
screen while harvesting maize.

Grid heater

28

A grid heater can be installed to aid the engine in cold
weather.

29

7-14

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
CAB
Sun canopy
For combine models without cab, the machine
operator can be protected against the sun by a large
adjustable sun canopy.

Additional mirrors

30

The additional mirrors will increase the visibility at the
sides and to the rear of the machine.

42316

31
Screen washer kit
A screen washer kit can be installed to clean the cab
windscreen.

Heating
Heating (1) can be fitted in the cab for operator
comfort when operating in cold weather.

32

7-15

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT
Revolving flash light
The machine can be equipped with two revolving
flash lights for driving on public roads to warn the
other vehicles that it is a wide and slow-moving
vehicle.
NOTE: According to local legislations, this equipment
is mandatory or forbidden for driving on public roads.

42340

Adjustable light on grain tank

33

To perform the grain tank unloading operations at
night it is possible to fit an adjustable light on the grain
tank.

34

7-16

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Portable operating light and stubble lights
Two stubble lights can be installed underneath the
operator's platform for use when working at night.
Two portable operating lights fitted at the straw hood
gives more clarity to the rear. It can be unhooked and,
among others, used to check sieve settings while
using the machine at night.

42310

Performance monitor

35

The performance monitor indicates a possible
increase or decrease in grain losses. It allows the
combine to be used to its maximum capacity.

36

7-17

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
MISCELLANEOUS
Header trailer hitch
Two types of trailer hitches are available for towing
the header trailer.
Maximum static load on this hitch and the maximum
allowed header trailer weight is mentioned on a plate
located on the hitch support.
o

Rotation trailer hitch

42346

o

Fixed trailer hitch

37

38
Wheel counterweights
Wheel weights can be fitted to the steering wheel
rims.
Two sets of counterweights are available:
200 kg (441 lbs): 10 counterweights
400 kg (882 lbs): 20 counterweights
39

7-18

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES
Signal plates
For some countries, signal plates must be installed
for road transport.

42102

Signal plates for Germany

40

Specs Germany

Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher is available.

41

7-19

SECTION 7 - ACCESSORIES

7-20

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
WHEELS AND TYRES
WARNING

The tyres specified by the manufacturer are the only
tyres approved. If nongenuine or replacement tyres
are used, these must be identical in size and strength
[PR rating for diagonal tyres or Load Capacity for
radial tyres (e.g. 166 A8)] to specified tyres. The
recommended tyre pressure has to be maintained at
all times.
Only original NEW HOLLAND wheel rims should be
used in combination with the tyre sizes indicated.
Only these tyre/wheel combinations have been
homologated in relation to the machine weight, width
and road speed limits. The rims should be fitted in
such a way that the maximum overall machine width
permitted locally on public roads is adhered to.

CAUTION

Road travel in the 4th gear with grain in the tank is not
allowed.

WHEEL NUTS TORQUE
TORQUE

MINIMUM

MAXIMUM

Nm

Ft.lbs

Nm

Ft.lbs

Traction wheel nuts torque

610

450

732

540

Steering wheel nuts torque
(Fixed + ASA)

410

302

492

363

Tables below gives the permitted inflation pressure
(bar):
Field condition:
o

Speed = 10 km/h: cycling loading operations,
excepting hillside applications in excess of 20%
grade.

o

Full grain tank + header in work position

Road condition:
o

Empty grain tank

Traction tyres (pressures): road + field conditions
Steering tyres (pressures): only road conditions
"Offset", "Track", "Overall width" = mm

8-1

Field

HEADERS
Road

Offset

8-2
Fixed steering axle
Adjustable steering axle

Track

(x) = Allowed

STEERING TYRES

STEERING AXLES

Offset

TRACTION TYRES

Overall
Width

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

No header

No header

Grain Header 15 ft

Grain Header 13 ft

Grain Header 12 ft

Field

HEADERS

No header

Grain Header 15 ft

Grain Header 13 ft

Grain Header 12 ft

Road

Offset

STEERING TYRES

Fixed steering axle
Adjustable steering axle

STEERING AXLES

Offset

TRACTION TYRES

Track

Overall
Width

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

8-3

No header

No header

Field

HEADERS

8-4
No header

Road

Offset

Fixed steering axle
Adjustable steering axle

Track

(x) = Allowed

STEERING TYRES

STEERING AXLES

Offset

TRACTION TYRES

Overall
Width

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

No header

Grain Header 15 ft

Grain Header 13 ft

Grain Header 12 ft

Field

HEADERS

No header

Grain Header 15 ft

Grain Header 13 ft

Grain Header 12 ft

Road

Offset

Fixed steering axle
Adjustable steering axle

Track

(x) = Allowed

STEERING TYRES

STEERING AXLES

Offset

TRACTION TYRES

Overall
Width

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

8-5

No header

No header

8-6
Grain Header 12 ft
Grain Header 13 ft
Grain Header 15 ft
Grain Header 17 ft
Grain Header 20 ft
5 R no chopper
6 R Rigid without chopper
6 R Flip-up without chopper

Field

HEADERS

6 R Flip-up without chopper
No header

Road

6 R Flip-up without chopper
No header

6 R Flip-up without chopper
No header

Fixed steering axle
Adjustable steering axle

Offset

Track

(x) = Allowed

STEERING TYRES

STEERING AXLES

Offset

TRACTION TYRES
Overall
Width

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS

TECHNICAL DATA
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

HEADER
High-Capacity
Grain Header
Cutting width

12 - 13 - 15 ft

12 - 13 - 15 - 17 ft

Cutting height

12 - 13 - 15 -
17 -20 (1) ft

from 0 to 1600 mm

Maize header
Number of rows

-

5 row (Rigid)

5 - 6 row
(Rigid)
6 row (Flip-up)

STRAW ELEVATOR
Type
Straw elevator width

Fixed

Fixed / Lateral flotation

1054 mm

1314 mm

Front/Cradle width

1885 mm

Number of chains

3

Number of slats

16

Type of slats
Protection

32
L-slats

spring-loaded slip clutch set at 600Nm

Top shaft speed

376 rpm

365 rpm

Lower shaft speed

575 rpm

558 rpm

Straw elevator drive

2HC drive belt from the intermediate shaft

Drive line

2HC belt

Reverse system

electrical

Stone trap
Number of lifting
cylinders

hinged
2

2 or 3

-

Optional

-

Standard

Fixed straw elevator
- Controlfloatt
Lateral flotation on straw elevator
- Autofloatt
(1) former C.I.S. countries

8-7

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

THRESHING DRUM
Speed range
Speed adjustment

Variable from 430 to 1070 rpm

Variable from 417 to 1037 rpm

Electrically controlled from the operator's platform

Speed read-out

Display

Drive

Variator belt from beater shaft
Standard drum with bars/Rice drum

Drum type
- Standard drum with bars
Width

1040 mm

Number of bars

1300 mm
8

Diameter

607 mm

- Rice drum
Width

1040 mm

Number of bars

8

Diameter
Number of teeth/bar
Distance between teeth

8-8

1300 mm
607 mm

18

22 (4 bars) 23 (remaining bars)
56 mm

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

DRUM CONCAVE
Width
Adjustment possibility

1057 mm

1317 mm

14 positions, mechanical adjustment from the operator's platform

Fine adjustments

At the suspension points, with threaded rods and nuts

Deawning plates

4 (loose)

Standard concave
Wrap angle
Concave area

111_
0.62

m2

Number of bars

0.79 m2
14

Distance between wires
(centre to centre)

14 mm

Wire diameter

3.5 mm

Maize concave
Wrap angle
Area

111_
0.63

m2

Number of bars

0.79 m2
10

Distance between wires
(centre to centre)

26 mm

Wire diameter

6 mm

Rice concave
Wrap angle

102_

Number of bars
Number of teeth per bar

4
19

23

8-9

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

BEATER
Drive

3 HB belt from the engine

Speed

875 rpm

Number of blades

850 rpm
4

Width

1040 mm

1300 mm

Grate area (without
rotary separator)

0.318 m2

0.396 m2

Width

-

1317 mm

Concave area

-

0.2 m2

Number of bars

-

3

Distance between wires
(centre to centre)

-

32 mm

Wire diameter

-

6 mm

Drive

-

1 HC belt over beater shaft

Diameter

-

605 mm

Width

-

1300 mm

Number of teeth

-

10 x 7

Speed

-

Beater concave (if applicable)

ROTARY SEPARATOR (if applicable)

760 or 400
rpm

740 or 388 rpm

Rotary separator concave (if applicable)
Width

-

1317 mm

Concave area
(without rake)
Concave area (with
rake)

-

0.66 m2

Number of bars

-

12

Distance between wires
(centre to centre)

-

32 mm

Wire diameter

-

6 mm

8-10

0.83 m2

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

STRAW WALKERS
Number

4

5

Speed

220 rpm

212 rpm

- Without rotary separator
Number of steps

6

Length

3780 mm
4 m2

5 m2

Number of steps

-

5

Separation area

-

4.36 m2

Length

-

3300 mm

Separation area

- With rotary separator

CLEANING SHOE
Type

Fixed or self-levelling

Eccentric shaft speed

320 rpm

Drive

309 rpm
1HC belt

Grain pan
Grain pan width

1001 mm

Grain pan length
Grain pan rake surface

1261 mm
1926 mm

0.19 m2

0.23 m2

Upper shaker shoe
Horizontal stroke

47 mm

Throwing angle: front/
rear
Upper sieve width

27_/ 27_
996 mm

Upper sieve length
Upper sieve area

1256 mm
1587 mm

1.58 m2

Upper sieve positions

1.99 m2
2

Upper sieve grate surface

0.148

m2

0.187 m2

Graepel area

0.153 m2

0.191 m2

Lower shaker shoe
Horizontal stroke

33 mm

Throwing angle

15_

Lower sieve length

1359 mm

Lower sieve width

996 mm

1256 mm

Lower sieve area

1.35 m2

1.71 m2

Lower sieve positions
Total sieve area under
wind control

1
3.27

m2

4.12 m2

8-11

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

CLEANING FAN
Number of blades
Speed range
Speed adjustment

6
Variable from 350 to 1000 rpm
Manual or
electrical

Variable from 340 to 970 rpm
Electrical

RETURNS SYSTEM
Type

Bottom cross auger - Returns elevator to drum

Drive

Chain

Speed

368 rpm

357 rpm

GRAIN TANK, UNLOAD
Grain tank capacity

4000 litres

5200 litres

Unloading drive

6000 litres

1 HB belt and chain

Unloading tube length

3.85 m

Unloading rate

72 litres/sec

GRAIN TRANSPORT
Type

Grain elevator and filling auger

Drive

1 HB belt over eccentric shaft

Speed

368 rpm

357 rpm

STRAW CHOPPER
Drive

2 HB belt - straw chopper clutch - 2HB belt

Clutch speed

2420 rpm

2350 rpm

Rotor speed

2465 or 3500 rpm

2390 or 3400 rpm

Distance between knives

25 mm

CHAFF SPREADER
Drive

-

1 HB belt

Rotor speed

-

580 rpm

8-12

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

ENGINE
Type

New Holland (**)

Gross power @ 2100
rpm (ISO TR14396)

125 kW
(170CV)

152 kW
(207CV)

177 kW
(240CV)

Maximum power
@ 2000 rpm

129 kW
(175CV)

164 kW
(223CV)

178 kW
(242CV)

Injection system

Rotary injection pump

Common rail

Mechanically

Electronically

Governor
Rated speed

2100 rpm

Low idle speed

1300 rpm

High idle speed

2205 rpm

2100 rpm

Displacement

6700 cc

Bore

104 mm

Stroke

132 mm

Water pump speed
Ventilator speed

4084 rpm
1382 rpm

Crankcase oil capacity
(with oil filter)

1530 rpm
16 litres

Battery

2 x 12 V - 92 Ah

Starter motor

12 V - 3.0 kW

Alternator type

120 A (12V)

Alternator speed

6409 rpm

Rotary screen speed

226 rpm

AC compressor speed

2943 rpm

3036 rpm

Fuel tank

300 litres

400 litres

(**) developed by CNH Engine Corporation

8-13

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

TC5070

TC5080

PNEUMATIC SYSTEM
Air compressor speed

-

2160 rpm

Air reservoir

-

60 litres

16 + 5.5 cc/rev

Fixed 16 + 5.5 cc/rev
Lateral float 16 + 5.5 + 2 cc/rev

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Pump capacity
Maximum pressure

210 bar

Steering valve
- Type

OSPC 100

- Maximum pressure

100 bar

- Shock valve setting

150 bar

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM
Pump flow rate

-

75 cc/rev

-

100 cc/rev

Motor capacity

-

75 cc

-

100 cc

Maximum pressure

-

420 bar

-

Speed pump

-

3000 rpm

-

2620 rpm

20 litres

38 litres

20 litres

38 litres

Reservoir capacity

320 bar

420 bar

CAB
Optional
Operator's seat

Standard
Standard

Standard / Air suspended

Instructional seat

-

Optional

-

Optional

Remote controls

-

Optional

-

Optional

Air conditioning

Optional

Standard

Screen washer kit

Optional

Heating

Optional

8-14

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
TC5040

TC5050

TC5060

Mechanical

Hydrostatic

Mechanical

TC5070

TC5080

TRACTION
Transmission

Hydrostatic

Number of gears

4 speed

3 speed

Gearbox oil capacity

15 litres

19 litres

10/52

16/71

Differential
Forward ground speed
Tyres
-

1st

18.4 x 30

23.1 x 26

620/75R26

gear (full load)

1.0 - 2.54
km/h

0 - 2.88 km/h

1.01 - 2.58
km/h

0 - 5.7 km/h

- 2nd gear (full load)

2.16 - 5.53
km/h

0 - 6.26 km/h

2.19 - 5.61
km/h

0 - 10.4 km/h

- 3rd gear (full load)

3.94 - 10.16
km/h

0 - 11.38
km/h

3.99 - 10.2
km/h

Maximum permissible ground
speed

- 4th gear (full load)

Maximum permissible ground speed

Steering axle

-

fixed or adjustable

FINAL DRIVE
Ratio

10/75

Mud seal

Optional

Oil capacity

5.5 litres

WEIGHT
(-)

7600 kg

8520 kg

8720 kg

(-): configuration
- Without rotary separator
- Without straw chopper
- Empty fuel tank
- Empty grain tank

8-15

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS

50405

1
The dimensions of the drawing above are expressed in mm.

Steering axle
dimensions

A

B

C

fixed

3.43 m

2.32 m

2.80 m

adjustable

3.41 m

2.33 m

2.81 m

TRACTION TYRES

D

E

F

G

H

23.1 x 26 - 14 PR-R1

2.00 m

0.51 m

3.63 m

3.86 m

3.94 m

620/75R26 - 166A8-DT824

1.99 m

0.50 m

3.62 m

3.85 m

3.93 m

23.1 x 26 - 10 PR-R20-SSG-TD8

2.00 m

0.51 m

3.63 m

3.86 m

3.94 m

620/75R30 - 163A8-DT822

2.05 m

0.56 m

3.68 m

3.91 m

3.99 m

750/65R26 - 166A8-DT820

2.00 m

0.51 m

3.63 m

3.85 m

3.94 m

650/75R32 - 172A8-DT822

2.12 m

0.56 m

3.75 m

3.98 m

4.00 m

800/65R32 - 172A8-DT822

2.12 m

0.56 m

3.75 m

3.98 m

4.00 m

8-16

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
GRAIN TANK UNLOAD TUBE POSITION

2

8-17

SECTION 8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions
a) Grain header
Header width

Dimension I

12 ft

2.24 m

13 ft

2.09 m

15 ft

1.79 m

17 ft

1.49 m

20 ft

1.04 m

Header width

Dimension I

b) Maize header

5 row
Row distance 70 - 80 cm

2.3 m

6 row (rigid)
Row distance: 70 - 75 cm
Row distance: 75 - 80 cm

2.02 m
1.9 m

6 row (flip-up)
Row distance: 70 - 75 cm
Row distance: 75 - 80 cm

2.03 m
1.91 m

Traction tyres

Dimension K

Dimension J

23.1 x 26 - 14 PR-R1-DT

4.49 m

3.94 m

620/75R26 - 166A8-DT820 (SQ)

4.48 m

3.94 m

23.1 x 26 - 10 PR-R20-SSG-TD8

4.44 m

3.90 m

23.1 x 30 - 14 PR-R1-DT

4.54 m

3.99 m

620/75R30 - 163A8-DT820

4.54 m

3.99 m

750/65R26 - 165A8-DTR

4.46 m

3.92 m

650/75R32 - 167A8-DT820

4.64 m

4.07 m

800/65R32 - 167A8-STR

4.64 m

4.07 m

8-18

SECTION 9 - FIRST 50 HOURS SERVICE SHEETS

SECTION 9 - 1ST 50 HOUR SERVICE SHEETS
CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED (CUSTOMER COPY)
1. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service . . . j

12. Lubricate all chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

2. Check wheel nut and torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

13. Check coolant level (shunt tank) . . . . . . . . . . j

3. Check steering ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

14. Check brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

4. Check and clean air conditioning condensor j

15. Clean cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

5. Check air conditioning filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . j

16. Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

6. Check tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

17. Clean stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

7. Check drum concave setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

18. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/
water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

8. Check electrolyte level in batteries . . . . . . . . j
9. Check engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

19. Check the tension of the grain elevator
chain and returns elevator chain . . . . . . . . . . j

10. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level . . . . . . . j

20. Check traction gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . j

11. Check all chain and belt tensions . . . . . . . . . . j

21. Check final drive gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . j

THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE

COMBINE MODEL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMBINE SERIAL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-1

SECTION 9 - FIRST 50 HOURS SERVICE SHEETS

9-2

SECTION 9 - FIRST 50 HOURS SERVICE SHEETS
CHECK AND ADJUST, AS REQUIRED (DEALER COPY)
1. Perform the 50 hour grease zerk service . . . j

12. Lubricate all chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

2. Check wheel nut and torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

13. Check coolant level (shunt tank) . . . . . . . . . . j

3. Check steering ball joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

14. Check brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

4. Check and clean air conditioning condensor j

15. Clean cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

5. Check air conditioning filter-drier . . . . . . . . . . j

16. Check fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

6. Check tyre pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

17. Clean stone trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

7. Check drum concave setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

18. Drain water from fuel system prefilter/
water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

8. Check electrolyte level in batteries . . . . . . . . j
9. Check engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j

19. Check the tension of the grain elevator
chain and returns elevator chain . . . . . . . . . . j

10. Check hydraulic/hydrostatic oil level . . . . . . . j

20. Check traction gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . . . j

11. Check all chain and belt tensions . . . . . . . . . . j

21. Check final drive gearbox oil level . . . . . . . . . j

THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE

COMBINE MODEL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . COMBINE SERIAL NO: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-3

SECTION 9 - FIRST 50 HOURS SERVICE SHEETS

9-4

SECTION 10 - INDEX

SECTION 10 - INDEX

A

B

Air reservoir specification

4-84

Batteries

4-77

A/C system

4-81

Battery charge warning light

4-79

Access to machine components

1-30

Battery warning

1-13

Access to the drum and to
the concave

3-52

Access to the grain pan

3-50

Access to the straw chopper rotor

3-80

Accumulator

4-29

Additional mirrors

7-15

Adjustable light on grain tank

7-16

Adjustable steering axle
(if installed)

4-70

Adjustment for harvesting maize

3-37

Adjustment of the dimmed lights

1-39

Adjustment values

3-51

Air compresser kit

7-13

Air compressor

4-83

Cab and controls

2-1

Air conditioning compressor
drive belt

Cab door

2-1

4-56

Cab roof controls

2-17

Air gun and hose

7-13

Cab/climate control

4-80

Air intake system

4-24

Cereal threshing rebuild kit

Airborne noise emission

1-15

Chaff spreader

Alarm control module

2-14

Alternator

4-79

Chaff spreader drive belt

4-47

Chain tension

4-57

Chains

4-34

Beater pins

7-4

Before driving the combine

3-1

Biodiesel fuel

1-12

Bleeding the fuel system

4-21

Brake fluid level

4-35

Brake system

4-35

Brakes

4-62

C
Cab

7-15

Cab air filter

4-80

7-5
3-84, 7-11

Alternator, water pump (and air
conditioning compressor)
drive belt

4-55

Chopping maize

3-82

Anti-dust plate

3-50

Chopping position

3-77

Anti-wrap shields

7-2

Area counter

2-35

Clean grain, grain tank and
unloading

Attaching a trailer

1-36

Cleaning

Attaching the header to
the combine

3-19

Cleaning fan bottom shield

Attachment compatibility

1-40

Audible alarm

2-40

Cleaning fan variator drive belt

4-51

Auto-diagnostics

3-35

Cleaning shoe drive belt

4-44

Autofloatt operation

3-28

Automatic ground speed
calibration

2-32

Clutch pedal

2-1

Automatic shut-off

2-44

Combine functions

3-4

Cleaning fan

7-8
3-6
3-67
7-7

Cleaning system

7-6

Clutch fluid level

4-36

10-1

SECTION 10 - INDEX
Combine performance check

3-15

End-Of-Season service

Compensation operation

3-27

Engine

Concave clearance

3-54

1-2, 1-11, 4-13,
5-10, 7-13

Concave clearance
mechanical adjustment

Engine - Error messages

3-55

5-19, 4-56,
4-16, 2-42, 4-14

Concave position for
harvesting maize

3-55

Condenser

4-81

Coolant change

4-16

Coolant level

4-16

Coolant specification

4-18

Coolant system capacity

4-18

Counter knives

3-81

Cylinder safety latch on
straw elevator

1-25

6-1

Evaporator
Extended dividers

4-82
7-7

F
Fluid specification

4-36

Fuel storage

4-22

Fan speed adjustment

3-67

Feeding
Feeding area

3-5, 7-1
5-2

Filter-drier
Final drive gearboxes

D
Daily start-up procedure
De-awning plates
De-awning slats

3-2
3-56, 7-4
7-3

De-awning slats (accessory)

3-57

Detaching the header from
the combine

3-21

Diesel fuel

1-12

Dimensions

8-16

Drive chains and belts (left side)

4-38

Drive chains and belts (right side)

4-48

Driving the combine

3-3

Drum and concave

3-51

Drum and concave type use

3-57

Drum blockage

3-53

Drum concave

3-43

Drum speed

3-51

Drum variator belt

4-49

4-82
4-33

Fire extinguisher

1-29

Fixed steering axle

4-68

Fixed trailer hitch

7-18

Fluid change

4-35

Foot brake "bedding-in"
procedure

4-63

Foot brakes

4-63

Fuel filter

4-20

Fuel prefilter / water separator

4-19

Fuel specification

4-22

Fuel tank drain plug

4-19

Full header width

2-30

Fundamentals of adjustment

3-51

Fuses and relays

4-72

G
5-7

General recommendations

E

General problems

1-4

Grain cross auger and elevator
drive belt

4-46
4-58

Electrical and electronic equipment

7-16

Grain elevator

Electrical system

4-72

Grain elevator high speed kit

7-8

Electromagnetic compatibility

1-15

Grain header illumination kit

7-1

Elevator chains

4-58

Grain pan dividers

3-66

Elevator slip clutch

4-59

Grain pan/upper sieve distribution

3-16

Emergency exit
10-2

2-1

SECTION 10 - INDEX
Grain returns cross auger and
elevator drive chain

4-46

Grain sample

3-72

Grain storage and unloading

3-9

Grain storage/unloading

3-71

Grain tank bottom auger
drive chain

4-50

Grain tank cover

3-72

Grain tank filling auger
drive chain

4-51

Grain tank filling system

3-71

Grain tank level sensor

3-74, 7-8

Grain tank sample

8-17

Grain tank unloading auger

3-73

4-29

Hydraulic pump drive belt

4-56

Hydraulic remote control valves

4-30

Hydrostatic control cable
adjustment

4-30

Hydrostatic pump drive belt

4-44

Hydrostatic system

4-30

I
Installation
Intended use

3-46
1-1

3-15

Grain tank unload tube position

Hydraulic oil specifications

Grass seed equipment

7-7

Grease fittings and intervals

4-1

Grease specification

4-1

Grid heater

7-14

Ground level calibration

3-32

Ground level calibration through
the Autofloatt sensors

3-34

K
Kill stall

3-15

L
Ladder extension

7-12

Left-hand side components

2-23

Legal obligations

1-14

Lifting the combine

1-37

Ground speed constant
adjustment

2-31

Losses

3-16

Ground speed vari-drive belts

4-42

Lower sieve

3-63

Lubrication schedule

4-37

H

M

Header

3-19

Header addtional safety latch

1-25

Header and straw elevator
reversing system

3-23

Header compensation gauge

3-24

Header drive belt

4-39

Header height control

3-25

Header height control -
Error messages

5-16

Maize Header

1-2

Header height control calibration

3-31

Maize threshing rebuild kit

7-5

Header levelling

3-22

Manual adjustable deflector plates

3-78

Heating

7-15

Manual clearing of the header
and straw elevator blockage

3-24

Maximum cylinder pressure
calibration

3-33

Metric/ imperial setting

2-34

Miscellaneous

7-18

High-Capacity Grain Header

1-2

How to obtain an idea on
loss level

3-18

Hydraulic and hydrostatic
system

4-26

Machine error messages
Machine safety

2-41
1-3

Machine settings

2-29

Main engaging drive belt

4-45

Maintenance
Maintenance schedule

1-9
4-85

10-3

SECTION 10 - INDEX
Multi-function handle

2-15

Oil capacity

4-14, 4-27
4-29, 4-31, 4-33

Oil change

4-31, 4-33

Oil level

4-13, 4-26,
4-31, 4-33

Oil reservoir
Oil specifications

4-26
4-31, 4-33
1-8

Operating the combine

1-7

Ordering parts and/or accessories
Other components

3-69

Returns top auger drive chain

4-51

Revolving flash light

7-16

Rice kit for fixed straw elevator

7-2

Rice kit for lateral float
straw elevator

7-2

Rice threshing rebuild kit

7-5

Right-hand module

2-6

3-26
6-3
2-25

P

Right-hand side components

2-22

Rotary dust screen and
cooling system

4-23

Rotary dust screen brush

7-14

Rotary dust screen drive belt

4-55

Rotary dust screen intermediate
shaft drive belt

4-55

Rotary separator

Operating the attachments
Operation modes

4-59

Returns system

Oil and filter change

3-70

Returns elevator

O

Returns

3-59

Rotary separator drive belt

4-53

Parking brake

4-64

Rotary separator speed

3-59

Performance indicators

3-15

Rotary separator wear plates

3-59

Rotation trailer hitch

7-18

Performance monitor
Personal safety

2-26, 7-17
1-3

Pivot points
Portable operating light and
stubble lights

7-17

Round hole sieves

7-6

4-34

Positioning, removal,
installation

3-63, 3-65

Precautionary statements

1-3

Pre-season service

6-4

Product identification

1-1

Prohibited usage

1-1

Protective devices

1-25

S
Safety decals

1-16

Safety guard for straw elevator

1-26

Safety guards

1-28

Safety precautions
Safety requirements

1-14

Screen washer kit

7-15

Self-levelling cleaning system
Self-levelling system calibration

Q

1-3

Separation

3-9, 3-66
4-60
3-6

Remote adjustable
deflector plates
Remote adjustable
spreader plates rebuild kit
Return sample
10-4

3-78
7-9
3-16

2-43
2-44

Sieve opening adjustment

R

2-44

Shaft speed sensor failure

7-1

Shaft speed alarm indications
Shaft speed calibration

Quick release coupler

3-63, 3-64

Sieve types (available)

3-62

Sieve-levelling system
blockage

4-61

Signal plates

1-27, 7-19

SECTION 10 - INDEX
Software version

2-39

Specifications

3-2

Starting up the combine

1-5

3-76, 7-11

8-1

Starting the engine

Swathing rake

Steering axle
Steering column and
control pedals

4-67
2-5

T
Technical data

8-7

Third header lift cylinder

7-2

Threaded rods

4-34

Steering platform extension

7-12

Threshing

3-6

Stone trap

3-49

Threshing and separation

7-3

Stopping the combine

1-8

Threshing area

5-2

Stopping the engine

3-3

Storing partial area

2-38

Threshing, separation
and cleaning

5-4

Straw chopper

5-14

Tie downs for shipping

1-38

Straw chopper availability

2-33

To change from grain to maize

3-14

Straw chopper clutch

3-79

Toe-in adjustment

4-67

Straw chopper front drive belt

4-46

Towing the combine

1-36

Straw chopper guards for maize

7-10

Traction and tyres

7-12

Straw chopper operation

3-79

Traction clutch

4-66

Straw chopper rear drive belt

4-46

Traction gearbox

4-31

Straw chopper rotor knives

3-80

Transport operation

3-26

Straw chopper slow-down kit

7-10

Transport position

3-75

Straw chopper spreader chute

1-28

Straw chopper with manually
adjustable deflectors
Straw elevator

7-9
3-36, 3-38,
4-57, 7-2

Travelling on public roads

1-6

U
Unloading system engaging belt

4-41

Straw elevator additional support

1-25

Unloading tube

3-73

Straw elevator adjustment

3-36

Upper sieve

3-64

Straw elevator and header
engaging drive belt

4-39

Straw elevator slip clutch

4-57

Upper sieve HC 1-5/8"

Straw handling

3-75, 7-9

Straw spreader

7-11

Straw walker drive belt

4-52

Straw walker protection

7-9

Straw walker vertical cover plates

7-3

Straw walkers

3-61

Straw-retaining curtain

3-60

Stubble height indicator

3-24

Stubble height operation

3-29

Summary of the machine
settings for different crops

V
Vibration level information

1-15

W
Wheel chock

1-26

Wheel counterweights

7-18

3-10

Swath-forming position

7-6

3-75

Wheel nuts torque

8-1

Wheels and tyres

8-1

10-5

SECTION 10 - INDEX

10-6

CNH BELGIUM N.V., Leon Claeystraat 3A, B-8210 ZEDELGEM - Belgium
AFTER SALES - Technical Information
Print no. 87640842 - 1st Edition - 09 - 2007

PRINTED IN FRANCE
COPYRIGHT BY CNH BELGIUM N.V.
All rights reserved.
No entire or partial reproduction is allowed.

New Holland policy is intended to improve continuously its products and reserves the right to change prices, technical specifications or equipment in any moment without notice.
All data in this publication are subject to production changes. Dimensions and weights are indicative. Illustrations
do not necessarily represent the products in their standard configuration. For further accurate information on
products, turn to your New Holland dealer.

LUBRICANTS TO BE USED
A new line of specially formulated Ambra-NH lubricants, based on own Engineering specifications, is available
from your NEW HOLLAND dealer. For this combine we recommend:
ITEM
Grease zerks

Traction
gearbox

Final drives

Engine
(sump with
filter)

Servicing
intervals
10 hours
50 hours
100 hours
Check every 50
hours.
Change
- after the first
100 hours
- every
600
hours or annually
Check every 50
hours.
Change
- after the first
100 hours
- every
600
hours or annually
Check daily.
Change:
- every
600
hours

Amount
unit

NEW HOLLAND
brand name

NEW HOLLAND
specification

-
-
-

AMBRA GR9
or
AMBRA
GR75MD

NH710A
or
NH720A

15 litres

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

5.5 litres

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

NH330H

SAE15W40

AMBRA
HYPOIDE 90

NH520A

SAE 80W90

API GL5,
MIL-L 2105D

16 litres

AMBRA
MASTER GOLD
HSP

Lubricant
grade

International
specification
NLGI 2
NLGI 2

API CH-4
ACEA E3/E5

Chains
Threaded
rods
Pivot points
Brake
system

Daily
every 300 hours

Check every 50
0.325
hours.
litres
Change every two
(reservoir)
years.

AMBRA
SYNTFLUID 4

NH800A

SAE J 1703

NHTSA
116-DOT 4,
ISO 4925

Clutch
system

Check every 50
(reservoir)
hours.
Change every two
years.

AMBRA
SYNTFLUID 4

NH800A

SAE J 1703

NHTSA
116-DOT 4,
ISO 4925

Hydraulic
system
(oil + filter)

Check daily.
Change:
- after the first
100
hours
(filter only)
- every
600
hours or
annually
Check daily.
Change:
- after the first
100
hours
(filter only)
- every
600
hours or
annually
Check daily.
Change:
- every
two
years

AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46

NH646
NH646BS
NH646BV

HV 46

DIN 51524
Part 2
ISO VG 46

AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46

NH646
NH646BS
NH646BV

HV 46

DIN 51524
Part 2
ISO VG 46

50% AGRIFLU
50% WATER

NH900A

-

-

Hydraulic
and
hydrostatic
system
(oil + filter)

Cooling
system

DELETED

-

every 300 hours

TC5040
TC5060

20 litres

TC5050
TC5070
TC5080

38 litres

38 litres

Your success - Our specialty

Printed in France
(C) 2007 CNH Global N.V.


Pobierz plik - link do postu